Malaria Resurgence Could Kill Nearly One Million by 2030 as Funding Cuts Hit 21/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global Fund chief warns disease now his greatest concern among major killers as new analysis shows 750,000 children at risk. BERLIN – The head of the world’s largest malaria funder has issued a stark warning that the disease now poses a greater threat than HIV or tuberculosis, as a new analysis released Tuesday reveals funding cuts could trigger 990,000 additional deaths by 2030, including 750,000 children under five. “If I think about the situation we face right now on HIV, TB and Malaria, the one that keeps me awake at night is malaria,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told scientists and advocates at the World Health Summit in Berlin last week. “It’s pretty clear to me that this year more people will die of malaria than last year,” Sands said. “The disruptions in funding have had that impact, and malaria is such an unforgiving disease that it reacts incredibly quickly.” The report by the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) and the NGO Malaria No More UK warns that a malaria resurgence could result in 525 million additional cases and wipe $83 billion from sub-Saharan Africa’s GDP by the end of the decade, killing an additional 165,000 people, most of them children, every year. “The choice is clear: invest now to end malaria or pay far more when it returns,” said Gareth Jenkins of Malaria No More UK. “Cutting funding risks the deadliest resurgence we’ve ever seen.” The findings highlight a critical juncture in the centuries-long battle against a disease that currently claims 597,000 lives annually, with 95% of malaria deaths occurring in Africa and three-quarters of victims being children under five, according to WHO data. “If we fail to act, malaria could steal Africa’s children, and $83 billion of our future GDP,” President Advocate Duma Gideon Boko, President of the Republic of Botswana, said of the findings. As the Global Fund prepares for its November replenishment summit in South Africa, the analysis models different funding scenarios ahead of the event, where donors will determine contributions for 2027 to 2029. The Fund channels 59% of all international financing for malaria control, such as mosquito nets, treatment drugs, and vaccines, to low-and middle-income countries. “We are really at a very momentous time in human history,” said Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of ALMA. “There are tools that are available that can actually facilitate the elimination of malaria. One of our biggest challenges at the moment is financing.” Yet the current trajectory suggests the opposite of elimination, the Global Fund chief warned. “At the moment, what we’re doing with malaria is we’re making malaria sustainable,” Sands said. “We’re spending enough to reduce the number of lives that are being lost, but we’re not actually breaking the transmission cycle.” “If anything,” Sands added, “it’s going the wrong way.” ‘Pandemic preparedness hats’ Global Fund Executive Director Peter Sands (center) accepts a $1 billion pledge from Germany on the opening night of WHS 2025. At a pandemic preparedness meeting during the summit focused on potential future disease threats, Sands said he was struck by how much attention novel pathogens receive compared to malaria, which is killing hundreds of thousands each year. “In many African countries, the biggest health emergency right now is the upsurge in malaria,” he said. “And you’ve got all these people wearing pandemic preparedness hats who are sort of worrying about Marburg and Ebola and all that stuff – which is fine, those are legitimate threats – none of them, if you take a country like DRC, are going to kill remotely as many people as malaria.” The data on Malaria’s resurgence bear out his assessment. Cases rose to 263 million in 2023, the latest year for which data is available, an increase of 11 million from the previous year, according to the World Health Organization’s 2024 World Malaria Report. “The WHO African region still accounts for over 95% of global malaria cases and deaths,” Maru Aregawi Weldedawit, unit head of WHO’s Global Malaria Programme, told the summit by video link. “Even in the region, 11 countries account for over 70% of the global burden. Progress has stalled and in some settings reversed, with significant setbacks placing the 2030 global technical strategy targets at serious risk.” “In 2023 alone, Africa recorded 249 million cases and 569,000 deaths, more than the combined deaths from all multiplying diseases such as cholera, measles, yellow fever, meningitis and viral hemorrhagic fevers,” Weldedawit added. “Yet malaria is still managed as a routine illness despite being the leading infectious killer on the continent today.” Working toolkit, missing money The funding crisis runs deep across the global health world, but is particularly severe for malaria. Only $4 billion was mobilized for malaria in 2023 against a needed $8.3 billion, according to WHO data. Germany’s pledge last week of €1 billion to the Global Fund represents a 23% cut from its previous commitment. The UK, another leading funder of the fight against malaria, is reportedly considering a similar 20% reduction. “The thing with a disease like malaria is we don’t have to drop by very much in terms of investments in order for cases to spiral out of control,” Phumaphi warned. “If we don’t sustain the same level of coverage, we are going to have a crisis.” The Trump administration’s gutting of USAID has deepened that threat. Internal USAID memos warned that permanently halting the President’s Malaria Initiative could cause an additional 12.5 to 17.9 million cases and 71,000 to 166,000 deaths annually, a 39.1% increase from current levels. “We need some of that same sense of urgency around what the risks are with malaria right now, as we have whenever we have an outbreak of one of these other new threats,” Sands said. “The current toolkit works, but you need to get a critical level of funding. Crudely speaking, my view is you need roughly twice as much funding per capita.” Drug resistance and climate converge A young girl reads under a malaria bednet. Photo: UNDP As funding falters, new biological threats are emerging. Professor Isabella Oyier, head of the Biosciences Department at Kenya’s KEMRI-Wellcome Trust Research Program, is tracking the spread of drug-resistant malaria parasites across East Africa through genomic surveillance. “We’re seeing these variants that are allowing the parasite to escape treatment,” Oyier explained at a side event focused on African scientific leadership. “When an individual comes to a health facility, they will be given an anti-malarial drug, but they will not clear their fever, and they’ll still, two to three days after treatment, have parasites in their bloodstream.” “The treatment is failing because the parasite has developed mechanisms to escape,” she said. Partial resistance to artemisinin, the backbone of current malaria treatment, has been confirmed in Rwanda, Uganda, Tanzania, and Eritrea, with signals detected in Ethiopia and Zambia, according to WHO data. The spread of resistance echoes the chloroquine resistance crisis that emerged decades ago, when the malaria parasite’s ability to evade that once-effective drug forced the development of entirely new treatment approaches, including the artemisinin-based therapies now facing their own resistance challenges. “That issue of resistance and the need for new tools is something that’s extremely important for us to talk about,” Dr Ngashi Ngongo, Chief of Staff at Africa CDC, told the summit, adding that with current low coverage rates, “if you have an intervention that is 50% effective, you can’t be satisfied with 59% of children sleeping underneath nets.” “Take 59% of 50%, what does it give you? It’s about 30% of children that are protected,” he said. “No wonder every year we are seeing increasing numbers of cases.” Oyier’s genomic surveillance work with national malaria control programs has led to the introduction of multiple first-line treatments in East Africa, a strategy designed to outmanoeuvre the parasite by rotating different drug combinations and sequencing the malaria parasite’s genome to identify resistance markers before they become widespread. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants,” Oyier explained. “So that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” she said, noting that generating data locally allows for faster integration with health ministries and more agile national responses. At the beginning of this month, East African countries began rolling out multiple first-line treatment protocols based on this surveillance data, she said. “At the beginning of September, they are looking at introducing what we call multiple first-line treatments, which means you want to confuse the parasite. This year I’ll give you drug A. Next year, I’ll give you a different combination, and that messes the parasite up.” “This is a historical challenge for us,” she said. “We know since chloroquine days, the parasite is going to change. So we need to stay a step ahead and be clever.” Mosquitos on the move An infant and mother under an insecticide-treated mosquito net in Ghana. Such nets remain a key prevention technique. Climate change is further exacerbating these challenges by expanding the habitats of mosquitoes. Historical data analysis published in The Lancet Planetary Health shows malaria mosquitoes in Africa have moved away from the equator by 4.7 kilometers per year over the past century and climbed 6.5 meters annually in altitude. “You have a vector that is really widespread, quite resilient, now complicated with the challenges of global warming and climate change that is actually expanding the habitat of the vector,” Ngongo said. The Lancet research projects that by 2070, an additional 4.7 billion people could be at risk of malaria or dengue as warming temperatures extend transmission seasons. “Then you have the partial effectiveness of the interventions themselves,” Ngongo added. “We’ve been pushing ITNs [insecticide-treated nets] for many years, but the effectiveness was just around 50% reduction of cases. Now, when you bring in the issues of resistance, you are further reducing the effectiveness of those interventions.” MMV: the urgency of developing next-generation treatments The funding challenges are not just for existing tools. In view of the growing resistance to existing drugs, the urgency of developing next-generation treatments is even greater, Dr Martin Fitchet, CEO of Medicines for Malaria Venture, emphasised at a plenary WHS session on the issue. “We were formed 26 years ago because the child mortality rate went up,” he told the summit. “Mortality rate, of which 75% were children under five, doubled to 1.2 million on the world’s watch when it wasn’t really looking, and we’re never going to let that happen again, I hope.” MMV is now developing next-generation antimalarials designed to overcome resistance and prevent another crisis in which the world is unprepared for new mutations in malaria parasites, including potential single-dose cures and long-acting injectable prevention that could protect children for an entire malaria season. “The new drugs we discover now are five to eight years from the [arriving to] market,” Fitchet explained. “These drugs have to have a high barrier of resistance, they have to be new mechanisms, brand new ways of working, the next generation after artemisinin.” “Imagine if you can give a single injection of a medicine supervised to a child or school-age child at the beginning of the season, and they’re completely protected,” Fitchet said. “Complementary to vaccines, complementary to nets. I think we need multiple tools in the toolbox.” Vaccine breakthrough – but is it enough? P vivax malaria is the most widespread form of malaria disease, with victims extending from South-East Asia to North Africa and Latin America (MMV/Damien Schumann) The rollout of malaria vaccines represents a genuine breakthrough. By early 2025, 19 African countries had introduced WHO-recommended vaccines into routine childhood immunisation programs, reaching more than 3 million children, according to WHO data. The RTS,S vaccine, developed over three decades by GSK and the PATH Malaria Vaccine Initiative, was first recommended by WHO in 2021. Pilot programs in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi demonstrated a 13% drop in all-cause child mortality among vaccine-eligible children. The newer R21/Matrix-M vaccine, developed by Oxford University and prequalified by WHO in December 2023, achieved 78% efficacy in initial trials. Both vaccines reduce clinical malaria by more than 50% in the first year after vaccination. However, Sands expressed frustration that the vaccine breakthrough alone has failed to galvanise donors in the way other recent innovations have. The challenge, he explained, is that simply telling donors “we have the tools but need more money” no longer works as a fundraising message. “The trouble is, the narrative that says actually we’ve got the tools but we need more money doesn’t really work, because donors don’t want to hear that,” Sands said. “We need to find ways of injecting something new or different or urgent or hopeful, particularly positive, hopeful stuff that changes the narrative.” The first two girls ever vaccinated with the malaria vaccine RTS,S in Ghana. He also warned that vaccines will not be sufficient to reverse the surge in malaria cases because they primarily reduce mortality rather than stopping transmission of the disease. “For some of the donors, they think that the vaccines are the story,” he said. “Personally, I don’t think they’re powerful enough, and not least because they don’t really change the transmission. Yes, they will help us reduce mortality, but they’re not going to really help transmission.” He drew a contrast with lenacapavir, a long-acting injectable HIV prevention drug that requires just two injections per year and has shown near-perfect efficacy in clinical trials. The breakthrough has reinvigorated donor enthusiasm for HIV prevention in a way malaria vaccines have not. “If I could change the conversation to talk about lenacapavir in HIV, what we have is a long-acting injectable. It’s the most exciting thing to happen in HIV prevention for at least a decade,” Sands said. “It’s completely changed the conversation,” he added. “It’s allowed us to talk really differently and excite donors about being part of ending HIV. It has both medical impact and donor mobilisation impact.” Local solutions African public health leaders used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for increased investment in national health systems and research capacity across the continent. African scientists and policymakers are increasingly demanding ownership of the malaria response. Oyier emphasised the importance of building research capacity across the continent. “For me to break that down, you’re all aware that in COVID, everyone knew the COVID language, the Greek alphabet. These are the same across all pathogens,” she said, explaining her genomic surveillance work. “Part of the work I do is using genomic surveillance, working with the National Malaria Control Programme to set up an early warning system so that we can identify these variants, and so that they can then have a response plan and figure out what policy changes they need to make,” Oyier said. MMV is establishing five manufacturing hubs across Africa in partnership with Africa CDC. The organization is also making an AI-powered drug discovery tool available as open access to researchers globally. “We’re working with DeepMind, the Google arm of AI, with our database of 10 million compounds,” Fitchet explained. “We’re building a machine learning tool that is going to accelerate the medicinal chemistry, the design, the invention of new anti-malarials.” “And here’s the kicker: we’re going to make it available open access for any researcher anywhere in the world, particularly if you’re in malaria-endemic countries,” he said. A health worker examines a child with suspected malaria. Fitchet noted that only one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug has come from an African research institution to reach clinical trials in recent years – something he says has to change. “We’ve only had one clinical candidate for an anti-malarial drug going to the clinic from an African research group in Cape Town, in 2014,” he said, referring to work at the University of Cape Town’s Drug Discovery and Development Centre. “I think it’s time to have more of those coming out of African research groups and having our first approved and accessible African-invented anti-malarial,” Fitchet said. While African governments have increased their spending on health in recent years, the continent faces severe fiscal constraints. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending, and more than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems, according to World Bank data. “I think we need to appreciate the enormity of the challenge,” Phumaphi concluded, “and exactly how much is required in funding in order for countries to be able to catch up.” Image Credits: Yoshi Shimizu, World Health Summit, UNDP, WHO, MMV/Damien Schumann, WHO/Fanjan Combrink, Damien Schumann / MMV. New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Toxic Cough Syrup, Weak Oversight: India’s Unending Drug Safety Crisis 15/10/2025 Arsalan Bukhari Manufacturers of Coldrif cough syrup used an industrial solvent as a base for their product, killing 22 children. At least 22 children have died in India this month after consuming a contaminated cough syrup found to contain nearly 45% diethylene glycol (DEG), a toxic industrial solvent used in brake fluid and antifreeze. The concentration is hundreds of times above the permissible limit of 0.1% set by pharmacopeial safety standards. The syrup, branded Coldrif, was manufactured by Sresan Pharmaceuticals in Tamil Nadu and distributed across several districts of Madhya Pradesh. Laboratory tests confirmed the dangerously high DEG levels. Following the deaths, authorities arrested the company’s owner, sealed the factory, and ordered an immediate recall of all implicated batches. While these steps suggest swift action, the tragedy is far from an isolated event. It fits a recurring pattern of deadly contamination in India’s pharmaceutical industry, one that has repeatedly exposed significant regulatory gaps and a culture of neglect that allows such disasters to keep unfolding. The cough syrup market was worth $262.5m in 2024, and has been predicted to grow to $743m by 2035, growing at by 9.9% each year, according to Market Research Future. Driving this consumption is both the lack of doctors, particularly in rural areas, which sees people resorting to over-the-counter remedies. In addition, high levels of air pollution in many areas cause children to cough – something that cannot be solved by cough syrup, yet many parents buy it in the hope that it will help. Pattern of deaths The deaths in Madhya Pradesh echo earlier incidents that have shaken global confidence in Indian drug exports. In 2022, nearly 70 children in The Gambia and 18 in Uzbekistan died after consuming contaminated syrups manufactured by Indian firms. In Uzbekistan, the victims had taken Dok-1 Max, produced by Marion Biotech, a Noida-based manufacturer. Tests revealed that the syrup contained ethylene glycol (EG), a poisonous chemical used in industrial antifreeze. A few months earlier, a similar tragedy unfolded in The Gambia. The World Health Organization (WHO) linked dozens of Gambian children’s deaths to four syrups made by another Indian company, Maiden Pharmaceuticals Ltd. “Laboratory analysis of samples of each of the four products confirm that they contain unacceptable amounts of diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol as contaminants,” according to the WHO. “Toxic effects can include abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhoea, inability to pass urine, headache, altered mental state and acute kidney injury, which may lead to death.” A health expert based in Delhi told Health Policy Watch, on condition of anonymity, that such incidents are not surprising: “To understand why this keeps happening, you have to look at where and how these medicines are actually made – and what rules are being ignored.” WHO warned of four contaminated cough syrups causing deaths in Gambia. Factory of filth and neglect That warning proved eerily accurate in the case of Sresan Pharmaceuticals, the company behind Coldrif. A recent Indian Express investigation described a scene of chaotic abandonment inside the factory: “Stacked plastic jars, stained concrete floors, hoses still snaking across the ground. Windows closed tight, some blocked with makeshift barriers.” Through a narrow opening, reporters saw “piles of white and blue containers leaning against the walls, black buckets on the floor, and discarded labels charred in the backyard.” In the ashes outside, investigators found half-burnt labels of Pronic Iron Syrup and Cyproheptadine Hydrochloride Syrup IP — products also manufactured by Sresan. The site, the report said, reeked of hurried abandonment, as if workers had fled in panic. An India Today report from Kanchipuram, where the factory operated, revealed over 350 violations, including rusted machinery, unhygienic conditions, and the absence of mandatory quality testing. These findings paint a grim picture of how, without proper regulation, some life-saving drugs are brewed in conditions closer to workshops than laboratories. India’s weak oversight India’s Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) is responsible for the oversight of new drugs, imports, clinical trials, and setting national standards. It falls under the Union Health Ministry, and licenses large manufacturers and handles export approvals. Under CDSCO’s oversight, there are six zonal offices, four sub-zonal offices, and a network of central drug testing laboratories. However, according to the Indian Drugs & Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of most drugs is a mandate of state drug controllers. The states are also responsible for licensing, market sampling, and post-market surveillance. State drug controllers oversee thousands of small and medium-scale manufacturers, including firms like Sresan Pharmaceuticals that produce drugs for local markets. But this dual regulatory model has serious cracks, and two authorities that rarely work in sync. The CDSCO has acknowledged that state labs and regulatory bodies frequently lack capacity, both in terms of trained personnel and infrastructure to carry out rigorous testing for impurities or enforce license compliance. As the state authorities hold many of the licensing powers, these gaps in state enforcement often turn into systemic fatal oversights. A 2024 inspection drive led by CDSCO and state drug controllers checked over 400 premises, including many medicine manufacturers. The drive found widespread non-compliance: a large fraction of units were issued show-cause notices, suspended, or shut down for failing to meet GMP and other safety standards. “There must be coordination between the Centre and the state agency. We can’t play the blame game,” said Ishtiyaq Wani, editor of a local health news outlet, speaking to Health Policy Watch. “India is one of the largest drug exporters to low-income countries, but unless both regulators act jointly, such tragedies will keep repeating. India’s Central Drug Testing Laboratory in Hyderabud does not test locally distributed medicines. Cheap illegal substitutes Most cough syrup contamination originates from substandard or illegal raw materials. Pharmaceutical-grade solvents such as glycerin and propylene glycol, the standard base in syrup medicines, must meet strict purity standards. Cheaper industrial-grade substitutes, including diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol, are sometimes used illegally as substitutes because they cost less than half the price. Such shortcuts have repeatedly led to child deaths in both domestic and international markets. Each time a crisis erupts, officials promise reform. But even after global embarrassment over the Gambia and Uzbekistan tragedies, India’s domestic safeguards remain barely changed. State regulators, meant to be the first line of defense, often lack accredited testing labs, qualified inspectors, and digital systems to track batches. The result is predictable: contaminated drugs slip through until lives are lost. “The system responds only after people die,” said a retired scientist who spoke on condition of anonymity. “Once the media leaves, the checks fade again.” Without a coordinated surveillance network between the central and state authorities, accountability simply dissolves. Factories are shuttered for a few months, then quietly reopen under new names or owners. A crisis of confidence India’s drug industry built its global reputation by supplying affordable medicines to the developing world. But repeated incidents of fatal contamination are eroding that trust. In countries from Gambia to Indonesia, authorities demand independent testing of Indian exports before distribution. At home, families of victims are left with little recourse. Few cases ever result in a conviction. Compensation is rare, and company directors often vanish into bureaucratic loopholes. The problem, health economists warn, is not a lack of rules but their uneven enforcement. “The law is strong on paper,” said one public health lawyer in Bengaluru. “But when state regulators are underfunded and overburdened, even the best laws mean little.” In the aftermath of the Coldriff tragedy, experts have again called for tighter oversight — a unified drug safety authority, routine supplier audits, and real-time data sharing between states and the CDSCO. But unless these proposals move beyond press conferences, little will change. For now, the pattern remains painfully familiar: a deadly batch, public outrage, temporary bans – then silence and inaction until the next tragedy. India’s pharmaceutical industry is still the “pharmacy of the Global South,” but each new contamination weakens that claim. Behind every bottle of syrup, there’s a fragile chain of trust. And each time that chain breaks, it costs more than reputation — it costs children’s lives. Image Credits: WHO, CDSCO. Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
New World Bank-WHO ‘Leaders Coalition’ Aims to Power Investments in Health 20/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The World Bank, Japan, and the WHO launched the Health Works Leaders Coalition. to promote investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience. How to find more money has dominated discussions at global health gatherings this year as the precipitous 21% fall in development assistance over the past year threatens to unravel years of hard-won gains. There is near-universal agreement that aid-dependent countries need to pay more for their citizens’ health, and that the donors need to become more collaborative and efficient. Many also posit the idea that the financial crisis presents an opportunity to rearrange the global health “architecture” to ensure that low and middle-income countries (LMICs) drive their own destinies rather than their donors. But exactly how to achieve all of this is less clear. One new vehicle is the Health Works Leaders Coalition, launched last Friday by the World Bank, Japan, and the World Health Organization (WHO). It brings together health and finance ministers, donors, business, global health agencies and civil society to promote “investments in health systems as a strategy for economic growth, job creation, and improved resilience”, according to a media release. The coalition stresses that it is “not a funding mechanism, but rather a coordinated effort to drive bold, high-impact action on health reform globally”. It is part of the World Bank’s Health Works initiative launched earlier this year, which aims to help countries transform their health systems to provide quality, affordable health services by 2030. “Our goal is ambitious: to help countries deliver quality, affordable health services to 1.5 billion people by 2030. No single institution, government, or philanthropist can achieve that alone,” said Ajay Banga, World Bank president. “But with aligned purpose and shared effort, it is possible. If we get this right, we can make real impact – improving health, transforming lives, strengthening economies – and creating jobs. This effort is as much an ingredient of our jobs agenda as it is a health initiative.” The countries that make up the coalition are Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Nigeria, Philippines, Sierra Leone, Saint Lucia and the United Kingdom. Health Works is linked to three World Bank backed funds: the Health System Transformation & Resilience Fund (HSTRF), the Global Financing Facility, which focuses on strengthening primary health care to reduce deaths of women, children, and adolescents, and The Pandemic Fund, which provides financing for pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response. However, at last week’s World Health Summit in Berlin several global health actors acknowledged that there needed to be fewer agencies and funds. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Expanding tax revenue World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi According to World Bank vice-president Mamta Murthi, countries need to spend $50 to $60 per person per year for a basic health package, but low-income countries (LIC) spend about $20, and for many, around half of this comes from donors. Countries need to expand tax revenues and engage in domestic resource mobilisation, “including through better tax policy and better tax administration, and that includes health taxes”, Murthi told a discussion hosted by the Center for Global Development (CGD) at which key development leaders discussed sustainable solutions to the health financing crisis. “The second thing that they can do is make health more of a priority in their budgets,” she said, adding that around a third of low and low-middle-income countries could allocate more to health with the fiscal conditions that they have. “And I don’t think they should just look at health taxes. There are lots of other things that they spend on, which don’t deliver a bang for the buck, and some of them are harmful to health. Let’s think of fossil fuel subsidies.” In addition, it is also “shocking that, on average, about 10 to 15% of resources that are allocated for health spending don’t get spent,” she added. However, she said the Bank is encouraged by countries presenting “compacts”– country vision statements with “asks” to the donor community, setting out what they need from development agencies to reach their goals and targets. “I feel very encouraged by the leadership that the countries are showing… they have goals and targets in terms of accessibility, affordability, job creation that ensue from the full implementation of these compacts.” The end of ODA? Gavi CEO Sania Nishtar. Sania Nishtar, CEO of the vaccine alliance, Gavi, declared: “We are seeing the beginning of the end of overseas development aid (ODA).” Gavi Leap, the platform’s reform plan, is “preparing for this future” by ensuring that countries have greater ownership and agency, and are more effective in this resource-constrained environment, said Nishtar. Gavi is accommodating countries’ requests for more decision-making agency, quicker turnaround, less administration and vaccine sovereignty, she added. “End-to-end digitising” will simplify and speed up the grant process, while Gavi’s support for , the African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator aims to “catalyse sustainable vaccine manufacturing on the continent”. “We are speaking to our colleagues at the World Bank and other international multilateral development banks, and we have put in place what is called the MDB [multilateral development bank] Multiplier” to “unlock concessional lending for countries”. Catalysing investment Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency. Hitoshi Hirata, vice-president of the Japan International Cooperation Agency, said that at the Financing for Development (FfD4) meeting in Sevilla in July, partner countries had committed to expanding domestic revenue for health, particularly through health taxes. “We would like to support health financing, and also link with existing public finance management efforts and tap domestic and private resources,” said Hirata. The resulting Sevilla Commitment proposes concrete steps to catalyse investment in sustainable development, address the debt crisis affecting the world’s poorest countries (three billion people live in countries that spend more on interest payments than on health), and give developing countries a stronger voice in the international financing architecture. The Japanese government is hosting a Universal Health Coverage (UHC) High-Level Forum in Tokyo in December, at which various countries will launch their National Health Compacts. These are “government-led agreements that will lay out bold reforms, investment priorities, shared accountability and unlock resources for expanding access to quality, affordable health care”, according to a media release. Strong country leadership Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen. Wellcome Trust CEO John-Arne Røttingen warned that the “abrupt changes to the international financing environment” will result in many lives lost and worsen the global burden of disease. But he is “optimistic” that the loss in financing will result in “stronger country leadership, supported by multilateral development banks and major bilateral donors”. “Countries are demanding that they need to be in charge – with a one country, one plan, one budget, one monitoring approach,” said Røttingen. “And I’m hearing commitment now from almost all big external financing agencies – the dedicated GHIs, the Global Fund, the World Bank, and the other multilateral development banks and the major bilateral donors – that signals a global moving towards empowering and also making countries responsible for delivering.” Wellcome Trust is also supporting global and regional discussions on “reimagining the global health architecture”, which kicked off with papers on the subject written by five thought leaders. Its motivation is to find long-term solutions to the crisis in global health that involve “more regional and national accountability and less dependence on the priorities of donors from high-income countries”. But Røttingen cautioned that devolving too much to country governments might reinforce the priorities and norms of undemocratic governments that could be contrary to human rights. “There needs to be very strong transparency and the voice from civil society and different groups”, he noted, adding that positive lessons from different regions where things are working With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Toxic Cough Syrup, Weak Oversight: India’s Unending Drug Safety Crisis 15/10/2025 Arsalan Bukhari Manufacturers of Coldrif cough syrup used an industrial solvent as a base for their product, killing 22 children. At least 22 children have died in India this month after consuming a contaminated cough syrup found to contain nearly 45% diethylene glycol (DEG), a toxic industrial solvent used in brake fluid and antifreeze. The concentration is hundreds of times above the permissible limit of 0.1% set by pharmacopeial safety standards. The syrup, branded Coldrif, was manufactured by Sresan Pharmaceuticals in Tamil Nadu and distributed across several districts of Madhya Pradesh. Laboratory tests confirmed the dangerously high DEG levels. Following the deaths, authorities arrested the company’s owner, sealed the factory, and ordered an immediate recall of all implicated batches. While these steps suggest swift action, the tragedy is far from an isolated event. It fits a recurring pattern of deadly contamination in India’s pharmaceutical industry, one that has repeatedly exposed significant regulatory gaps and a culture of neglect that allows such disasters to keep unfolding. The cough syrup market was worth $262.5m in 2024, and has been predicted to grow to $743m by 2035, growing at by 9.9% each year, according to Market Research Future. Driving this consumption is both the lack of doctors, particularly in rural areas, which sees people resorting to over-the-counter remedies. In addition, high levels of air pollution in many areas cause children to cough – something that cannot be solved by cough syrup, yet many parents buy it in the hope that it will help. Pattern of deaths The deaths in Madhya Pradesh echo earlier incidents that have shaken global confidence in Indian drug exports. In 2022, nearly 70 children in The Gambia and 18 in Uzbekistan died after consuming contaminated syrups manufactured by Indian firms. In Uzbekistan, the victims had taken Dok-1 Max, produced by Marion Biotech, a Noida-based manufacturer. Tests revealed that the syrup contained ethylene glycol (EG), a poisonous chemical used in industrial antifreeze. A few months earlier, a similar tragedy unfolded in The Gambia. The World Health Organization (WHO) linked dozens of Gambian children’s deaths to four syrups made by another Indian company, Maiden Pharmaceuticals Ltd. “Laboratory analysis of samples of each of the four products confirm that they contain unacceptable amounts of diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol as contaminants,” according to the WHO. “Toxic effects can include abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhoea, inability to pass urine, headache, altered mental state and acute kidney injury, which may lead to death.” A health expert based in Delhi told Health Policy Watch, on condition of anonymity, that such incidents are not surprising: “To understand why this keeps happening, you have to look at where and how these medicines are actually made – and what rules are being ignored.” WHO warned of four contaminated cough syrups causing deaths in Gambia. Factory of filth and neglect That warning proved eerily accurate in the case of Sresan Pharmaceuticals, the company behind Coldrif. A recent Indian Express investigation described a scene of chaotic abandonment inside the factory: “Stacked plastic jars, stained concrete floors, hoses still snaking across the ground. Windows closed tight, some blocked with makeshift barriers.” Through a narrow opening, reporters saw “piles of white and blue containers leaning against the walls, black buckets on the floor, and discarded labels charred in the backyard.” In the ashes outside, investigators found half-burnt labels of Pronic Iron Syrup and Cyproheptadine Hydrochloride Syrup IP — products also manufactured by Sresan. The site, the report said, reeked of hurried abandonment, as if workers had fled in panic. An India Today report from Kanchipuram, where the factory operated, revealed over 350 violations, including rusted machinery, unhygienic conditions, and the absence of mandatory quality testing. These findings paint a grim picture of how, without proper regulation, some life-saving drugs are brewed in conditions closer to workshops than laboratories. India’s weak oversight India’s Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) is responsible for the oversight of new drugs, imports, clinical trials, and setting national standards. It falls under the Union Health Ministry, and licenses large manufacturers and handles export approvals. Under CDSCO’s oversight, there are six zonal offices, four sub-zonal offices, and a network of central drug testing laboratories. However, according to the Indian Drugs & Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of most drugs is a mandate of state drug controllers. The states are also responsible for licensing, market sampling, and post-market surveillance. State drug controllers oversee thousands of small and medium-scale manufacturers, including firms like Sresan Pharmaceuticals that produce drugs for local markets. But this dual regulatory model has serious cracks, and two authorities that rarely work in sync. The CDSCO has acknowledged that state labs and regulatory bodies frequently lack capacity, both in terms of trained personnel and infrastructure to carry out rigorous testing for impurities or enforce license compliance. As the state authorities hold many of the licensing powers, these gaps in state enforcement often turn into systemic fatal oversights. A 2024 inspection drive led by CDSCO and state drug controllers checked over 400 premises, including many medicine manufacturers. The drive found widespread non-compliance: a large fraction of units were issued show-cause notices, suspended, or shut down for failing to meet GMP and other safety standards. “There must be coordination between the Centre and the state agency. We can’t play the blame game,” said Ishtiyaq Wani, editor of a local health news outlet, speaking to Health Policy Watch. “India is one of the largest drug exporters to low-income countries, but unless both regulators act jointly, such tragedies will keep repeating. India’s Central Drug Testing Laboratory in Hyderabud does not test locally distributed medicines. Cheap illegal substitutes Most cough syrup contamination originates from substandard or illegal raw materials. Pharmaceutical-grade solvents such as glycerin and propylene glycol, the standard base in syrup medicines, must meet strict purity standards. Cheaper industrial-grade substitutes, including diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol, are sometimes used illegally as substitutes because they cost less than half the price. Such shortcuts have repeatedly led to child deaths in both domestic and international markets. Each time a crisis erupts, officials promise reform. But even after global embarrassment over the Gambia and Uzbekistan tragedies, India’s domestic safeguards remain barely changed. State regulators, meant to be the first line of defense, often lack accredited testing labs, qualified inspectors, and digital systems to track batches. The result is predictable: contaminated drugs slip through until lives are lost. “The system responds only after people die,” said a retired scientist who spoke on condition of anonymity. “Once the media leaves, the checks fade again.” Without a coordinated surveillance network between the central and state authorities, accountability simply dissolves. Factories are shuttered for a few months, then quietly reopen under new names or owners. A crisis of confidence India’s drug industry built its global reputation by supplying affordable medicines to the developing world. But repeated incidents of fatal contamination are eroding that trust. In countries from Gambia to Indonesia, authorities demand independent testing of Indian exports before distribution. At home, families of victims are left with little recourse. Few cases ever result in a conviction. Compensation is rare, and company directors often vanish into bureaucratic loopholes. The problem, health economists warn, is not a lack of rules but their uneven enforcement. “The law is strong on paper,” said one public health lawyer in Bengaluru. “But when state regulators are underfunded and overburdened, even the best laws mean little.” In the aftermath of the Coldriff tragedy, experts have again called for tighter oversight — a unified drug safety authority, routine supplier audits, and real-time data sharing between states and the CDSCO. But unless these proposals move beyond press conferences, little will change. For now, the pattern remains painfully familiar: a deadly batch, public outrage, temporary bans – then silence and inaction until the next tragedy. India’s pharmaceutical industry is still the “pharmacy of the Global South,” but each new contamination weakens that claim. Behind every bottle of syrup, there’s a fragile chain of trust. And each time that chain breaks, it costs more than reputation — it costs children’s lives. Image Credits: WHO, CDSCO. Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
With Future of UNAIDS in Question, Top Official Says ‘Very Difficult’ to Envision 2026 Shutdown 17/10/2025 Stefan Anderson A senior UNAIDS deputy framed the UN Secretary-General’s proposal to close the programme next year as a rushed timeline, as governments and civil society demand answers. BERLIN — A top UNAIDS official told delegates at the World Health Summit this week that it would be “very difficult” to envision shutting down the agency by the end of 2026, pushing back against a controversial proposal from UN Secretary-General António Guterres that has triggered an outcry from civil society groups and member states. “I know the [Secretary-General’s] proposal is formulated in a way that strikes people as if it’s already a decision, but it is a proposal,” Christine Stegling, deputy executive director of UNAIDS, said at the summit. “There’s pressure on all of us to rethink ourselves and to think how we can maybe accelerate the timeline, but I personally find it very difficult to think about how we could do that by the end of 2026.” Her comments come weeks after Guterres released his UN80 reform plan in September, a sweeping 45-page blueprint for restructuring the UN system that included a single sentence stating: “We plan to sunset UNAIDS by the end of 2026.” The proposal caught the agency’s own governing board off guard, as well as donor governments and the civil society organizations that hold a unique seat at the table in UNAIDS governance. UNAIDS was already implementing its own board-approved transformation plan, which includes a 54% reduction in secretariat staffing and consolidation of country offices from 85 to 54. That plan, informed by a high-level panel that worked from October 2024 to March 2025, envisions a gradual two-phase process that would propose to the board in mid-2027 to “further transform, consolidate, integrate, with a view to eventually closing down the UNAIDS Secretariat in its current form”—a timeline measured in years, not the 14 months the UN80 plan allows. “We heard very powerful voices in our board meeting in June from communities telling us, look, sunsetting can be good if you stand in a beautiful sunset,” Stegling said. “And it can be terrifying if you’re standing by yourself, and it just all of a sudden gets dark.” ‘I’m seeing death’ "I am seeing death. Real people are dying." – Winnie Byanyima, Executive Director, Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS)#WHS2025 speaker Byanyima emphasizes that global solidarity is fundamental to advancing global health. She highlights that wealthier countries… pic.twitter.com/tDRriJ6CuL — World Health Summit (@WorldHealthSmt) October 13, 2025 The fight over the programme’s future unfolds as the global HIV response faces what UNAIDS has called a “historic funding crisis.” There were 1.3 million new HIV infections in 2024, virtually unchanged from the previous year and far short of targets needed to end AIDS as a public health threat by 2030, according to the agency’s 2025 Global AIDS Update released in July. The sudden withdrawal of US funding in early 2025, which had previously accounted for 73% of international HIV/AIDS financing, has disrupted treatment and prevention programmes worldwide. UNAIDS modelling suggests the funding collapse could lead to an additional 6.6 million new HIV infections and 4.2 million AIDS-related deaths by 2029. “This is not just a funding gap – it’s a ticking time bomb,” Byanyima said when the annual report was released. “We have seen services vanish overnight. Health workers have been sent home. And people – especially children and key populations – are being pushed out of care.” In Mozambique alone, over 30,000 health personnel lost their jobs, while Nigeria has seen monthly initiations of pre-exposure prophylaxis to prevent HIV transmission have plummeted from 40,000 to 6,000. Since 2010, new HIV infections have fallen 40% and AIDS-related deaths by 56%. By the end of 2024, 31.6 million people—77% of all people living with HIV—were accessing antiretroviral therapy. “I’m seeing death, real people dying because clinics are shutting, because services for the most vulnerable people are closing,” Winnie Byanyima, UNAIDS executive director, told the summit. “That suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that. People are dying.” Speaking about the abrupt US funding cuts, Stegling drew a parallel to the UN80 proposal: “It was the shock and it was the abruptness, and it was the unpreparedness that hit hardest, with little time to react.” At an extraordinary UNAIDS board meeting last week, member states expressed strong opposition to the accelerated timeline. “Member states on our board, and in particular those who are most affected, all speak about a similar issue,” Stegling said, specifically citing the Africa group. “They’re basically saying, look, the ecosystem is collapsing around us. The funding is collapsing around us, and at this particular time, you’re taking away a structure that we have at a country level that helps us to navigate these new realities, and so therefore we can’t support that.” Donors demand answers World Health Summit panel, “Shaping the Future of UNAIDS in the Context of UN80.” Germany and the Netherlands, the two largest contributors to HIV financing aside from the US, said their delegations would use the next meeting of the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board to question UN80’s abrupt departure from the agency’s existing reform trajectory. “The Secretary-General’s proposal that sunsets UNAIDS already by the end of 2026 came to all of us as a surprise,” said Paul Zubeil of Germany’s Ministry of Health, adding that the proposals outlined in the UNAIDS-led reforms were “very balanced.” “It’s an easy pitch to close a very small, not even UN agency, but a small joint programme, to integrate it,” Zubeil continued. “This would probably show the world ‘we’re doing something, we’re integrating UN agencies into each other,’ but it’s not really what does the trick. We don’t talk about WFP or about FAO or any others, the big ships.” “I don’t know what’s on [Guterres’] mind, but again, I think we should monitor this. We should take it very seriously. But there’s no reason for panic upfront when the storm has not hit us yet.” Peter Derrek Hof of the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs said his government had prepared questions about “why not follow the transition plan that was well thought out, was well prepared.” While supporting the broader UN reform process, he added: “It doesn’t mean that on specific issues we won’t raise issues, and we will ask questions – this will be one of them.” Civil society outcry “I don’t think he was thinking at all,” Erika Castellanos (right) told the World Health Summit of UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres proposal to close USAID by 2026. The UN proposal has generated fierce resistance from civil society organizations who sit on the UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board – the only governance structure in the UN with direct civil society representation. More than 1,000 civil society organisations have signed a letter expressing “deepest alarm” at the sunsetting proposal, noting their seat at the table had been effectively stepped over by the Secretary-General, who did not consult UNAIDS or its board before publishing the UN80 agenda. “UNAIDS must remain until new HIV infections are halted, until lifesaving HIV treatment reaches all who need it, and until the human rights of all people living with and affected by HIV are fully safeguarded,” the letter states. “Preserving UNAIDS is about saving lives, and to propose sunsetting it now is profoundly dangerous and a betrayal of the global goal to end AIDS by 2030,” the groups said. “Any restructuring must strengthen – not weaken – the HIV response, human rights, community leadership, and accountability.” The exclusion of civil society from the UN80 process carries particular sting, given the history of the AIDS crisis. When governments worldwide ignored the epidemic in the 1980s as it killed millions, dismissing it as a “gay plague”, it was grassroots activists who forced the issue onto the political agenda, staged “die-ins” at pharmaceutical companies to demand treatment access, and ultimately shaped the unprecedented global response that created institutions like UNAIDS and the Global Fund. 🚨 The HIV response is in crisis. Funding cuts, rising infections & deaths—and now the UN SG plans to sunset @UNAIDS in 2026.We say NO. This is a betrayal of the 2030 goal to #EndAIDS.✍️ Sign on: https://t.co/zrk1I2SRiXRead our statement: https://t.co/gKIxvo7CRl#SaveUNAIDS pic.twitter.com/QAnjQpi12v — NGO DELEGATION TO THE UNAIDS PCB (@ngopcb) September 19, 2025 “I come from that time where we took to the streets, where we threw red paint on politicians, where we went into parliament with coffins,” said Erika Castellanos, a civil society representative. “And because of that action with the global community, the international community ended up with institutions like the Global Fund and UNAIDS.” “We need to have an institution at the highest level, at the UN level, where the participation and engagement of community is preserved to the level it is now,” Castellanos said. “Whatever we create or redesign needs to keep communities in decision-making seats with equal power. Otherwise, representation goes back to tokenistic.” The move also reflects a broader trend across the UN system, where civil society access has been shrinking in both Geneva and New York. The recent plastics treaty negotiations saw civil society representatives largely stonewalled, while Brazil’s COP30 climate summit is expected to draw record-low civil society participation – a retreat from the open multilateralism that defined earlier UN processes. Calling out the euphemistic language of the proposal, Clemens Gros, another civil society representative, compared “sunsetting” to SpaceX’s description of a rocket explosion as “rapid unscheduled disassembly.” “Sun setting the organization would effectively mean it will not be there anymore once it’s beyond the horizon,” he said. UN80: Response to ‘severe pressure’ The UN80 Initiative is a blueprint for streamlining the United Nations amid a deep funding crisis led by Secretary-General António Guterres. The UNAIDS proposal sits within a wider UN80 reform initiative launched by Guterres in March as the body marks its 80th anniversary. The “Shifting Paradigms: United to Deliver” report, released on 18 September at the General Assembly in New York, proposes numerous mergers and consolidations across the UN system. Among the proposals: merging the UN Population Fund and UN Women “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The reforms are widely seen as a response to severe funding pressures—particularly US aid cuts under the Trump administration—though Guterres has denied this. Informal discussions have also circulated about potentially merging the two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, though the agencies themselves have emphasized closer collaboration over outright merger. For now, member states and agency leadership are left navigating between two competing visions: the gradual, community-informed transformation UNAIDS had charted for itself, and the abrupt 2026 closure proposed in the UN80 plan. “We went from street rioters to policy makers because we were forced to take that role,” Castellanos said. “We finally arrive at a place where we have a seat at the table, and often the privilege and honor to lead that table.” “This hasn’t come easily. It’s with a lot of pain and suffering, and a lot of people who have done a lot of amazing work before us. So I find it a little bit irresponsible and a little bit too naive, perhaps, to think that we can shift gears suddenly without a planned process.” Image Credits: https://www.flickr.com/photos/22539273@N00/50637583117, Patrick Gruban. Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Toxic Cough Syrup, Weak Oversight: India’s Unending Drug Safety Crisis 15/10/2025 Arsalan Bukhari Manufacturers of Coldrif cough syrup used an industrial solvent as a base for their product, killing 22 children. At least 22 children have died in India this month after consuming a contaminated cough syrup found to contain nearly 45% diethylene glycol (DEG), a toxic industrial solvent used in brake fluid and antifreeze. The concentration is hundreds of times above the permissible limit of 0.1% set by pharmacopeial safety standards. The syrup, branded Coldrif, was manufactured by Sresan Pharmaceuticals in Tamil Nadu and distributed across several districts of Madhya Pradesh. Laboratory tests confirmed the dangerously high DEG levels. Following the deaths, authorities arrested the company’s owner, sealed the factory, and ordered an immediate recall of all implicated batches. While these steps suggest swift action, the tragedy is far from an isolated event. It fits a recurring pattern of deadly contamination in India’s pharmaceutical industry, one that has repeatedly exposed significant regulatory gaps and a culture of neglect that allows such disasters to keep unfolding. The cough syrup market was worth $262.5m in 2024, and has been predicted to grow to $743m by 2035, growing at by 9.9% each year, according to Market Research Future. Driving this consumption is both the lack of doctors, particularly in rural areas, which sees people resorting to over-the-counter remedies. In addition, high levels of air pollution in many areas cause children to cough – something that cannot be solved by cough syrup, yet many parents buy it in the hope that it will help. Pattern of deaths The deaths in Madhya Pradesh echo earlier incidents that have shaken global confidence in Indian drug exports. In 2022, nearly 70 children in The Gambia and 18 in Uzbekistan died after consuming contaminated syrups manufactured by Indian firms. In Uzbekistan, the victims had taken Dok-1 Max, produced by Marion Biotech, a Noida-based manufacturer. Tests revealed that the syrup contained ethylene glycol (EG), a poisonous chemical used in industrial antifreeze. A few months earlier, a similar tragedy unfolded in The Gambia. The World Health Organization (WHO) linked dozens of Gambian children’s deaths to four syrups made by another Indian company, Maiden Pharmaceuticals Ltd. “Laboratory analysis of samples of each of the four products confirm that they contain unacceptable amounts of diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol as contaminants,” according to the WHO. “Toxic effects can include abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhoea, inability to pass urine, headache, altered mental state and acute kidney injury, which may lead to death.” A health expert based in Delhi told Health Policy Watch, on condition of anonymity, that such incidents are not surprising: “To understand why this keeps happening, you have to look at where and how these medicines are actually made – and what rules are being ignored.” WHO warned of four contaminated cough syrups causing deaths in Gambia. Factory of filth and neglect That warning proved eerily accurate in the case of Sresan Pharmaceuticals, the company behind Coldrif. A recent Indian Express investigation described a scene of chaotic abandonment inside the factory: “Stacked plastic jars, stained concrete floors, hoses still snaking across the ground. Windows closed tight, some blocked with makeshift barriers.” Through a narrow opening, reporters saw “piles of white and blue containers leaning against the walls, black buckets on the floor, and discarded labels charred in the backyard.” In the ashes outside, investigators found half-burnt labels of Pronic Iron Syrup and Cyproheptadine Hydrochloride Syrup IP — products also manufactured by Sresan. The site, the report said, reeked of hurried abandonment, as if workers had fled in panic. An India Today report from Kanchipuram, where the factory operated, revealed over 350 violations, including rusted machinery, unhygienic conditions, and the absence of mandatory quality testing. These findings paint a grim picture of how, without proper regulation, some life-saving drugs are brewed in conditions closer to workshops than laboratories. India’s weak oversight India’s Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) is responsible for the oversight of new drugs, imports, clinical trials, and setting national standards. It falls under the Union Health Ministry, and licenses large manufacturers and handles export approvals. Under CDSCO’s oversight, there are six zonal offices, four sub-zonal offices, and a network of central drug testing laboratories. However, according to the Indian Drugs & Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of most drugs is a mandate of state drug controllers. The states are also responsible for licensing, market sampling, and post-market surveillance. State drug controllers oversee thousands of small and medium-scale manufacturers, including firms like Sresan Pharmaceuticals that produce drugs for local markets. But this dual regulatory model has serious cracks, and two authorities that rarely work in sync. The CDSCO has acknowledged that state labs and regulatory bodies frequently lack capacity, both in terms of trained personnel and infrastructure to carry out rigorous testing for impurities or enforce license compliance. As the state authorities hold many of the licensing powers, these gaps in state enforcement often turn into systemic fatal oversights. A 2024 inspection drive led by CDSCO and state drug controllers checked over 400 premises, including many medicine manufacturers. The drive found widespread non-compliance: a large fraction of units were issued show-cause notices, suspended, or shut down for failing to meet GMP and other safety standards. “There must be coordination between the Centre and the state agency. We can’t play the blame game,” said Ishtiyaq Wani, editor of a local health news outlet, speaking to Health Policy Watch. “India is one of the largest drug exporters to low-income countries, but unless both regulators act jointly, such tragedies will keep repeating. India’s Central Drug Testing Laboratory in Hyderabud does not test locally distributed medicines. Cheap illegal substitutes Most cough syrup contamination originates from substandard or illegal raw materials. Pharmaceutical-grade solvents such as glycerin and propylene glycol, the standard base in syrup medicines, must meet strict purity standards. Cheaper industrial-grade substitutes, including diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol, are sometimes used illegally as substitutes because they cost less than half the price. Such shortcuts have repeatedly led to child deaths in both domestic and international markets. Each time a crisis erupts, officials promise reform. But even after global embarrassment over the Gambia and Uzbekistan tragedies, India’s domestic safeguards remain barely changed. State regulators, meant to be the first line of defense, often lack accredited testing labs, qualified inspectors, and digital systems to track batches. The result is predictable: contaminated drugs slip through until lives are lost. “The system responds only after people die,” said a retired scientist who spoke on condition of anonymity. “Once the media leaves, the checks fade again.” Without a coordinated surveillance network between the central and state authorities, accountability simply dissolves. Factories are shuttered for a few months, then quietly reopen under new names or owners. A crisis of confidence India’s drug industry built its global reputation by supplying affordable medicines to the developing world. But repeated incidents of fatal contamination are eroding that trust. In countries from Gambia to Indonesia, authorities demand independent testing of Indian exports before distribution. At home, families of victims are left with little recourse. Few cases ever result in a conviction. Compensation is rare, and company directors often vanish into bureaucratic loopholes. The problem, health economists warn, is not a lack of rules but their uneven enforcement. “The law is strong on paper,” said one public health lawyer in Bengaluru. “But when state regulators are underfunded and overburdened, even the best laws mean little.” In the aftermath of the Coldriff tragedy, experts have again called for tighter oversight — a unified drug safety authority, routine supplier audits, and real-time data sharing between states and the CDSCO. But unless these proposals move beyond press conferences, little will change. For now, the pattern remains painfully familiar: a deadly batch, public outrage, temporary bans – then silence and inaction until the next tragedy. India’s pharmaceutical industry is still the “pharmacy of the Global South,” but each new contamination weakens that claim. Behind every bottle of syrup, there’s a fragile chain of trust. And each time that chain breaks, it costs more than reputation — it costs children’s lives. Image Credits: WHO, CDSCO. Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Drive to Include Pregnant and Breastfeeding Women and Children in Clinical Trials 17/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan The first woman with malaria in her first trimester of pregnancy was enrolled in a clinical trial to compare three different malaria treatment regimens in Mali on 6 October 2025. The first pregnant woman with malaria was enrolled in a clinical trial in Mali to compare three different malaria treatment regimens earlier this month – a historic event as pregnant and breastfeeding women and babies are seldom included in clinical trials despite being more vulnerable to several illnesses. But there is growing momentum for including “under-represented groups” in clinical trials to ensure that medicines developed are suitable for all those who need them most. Malaria in pregnancy is responsible for around 20% of stillbirths and 11% of all newborn deaths in sub‑Saharan Africa, as well as some 10,000 maternal deaths globally each year. It can also cause severe maternal anaemia, miscarriage, stillbirth, preterm delivery and low birthweight. Back in 1998, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommended artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT) as the standard of care for malaria – but it only updated its guidelines for malaria to include pregnant women in their first trimester in 2022, according to Dr Myriam El Gaaloul, head of clinical and regulatory sciences at Medicines for Malaria Venture. “With the threat of emerging resistance to malaria drugs, alternatives are needed, and I think we all agree that we cannot afford to wait for another quarter of century [for treatment for pregnant women],” El Gaaloul told a webinar on under-represented populations in clinical trials, hosted by the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) as part of its African Regulatory Conference. The trial, which will also run in Kenya and Burkina Faso, is an initiative of the Safety of Anti-malarials in the First Trimester (SAFIRE) Consortium, with El Ghaloul as its principal investigator. Preparation for the trial started in 2023 and involved getting ethical clearance in all three countries and holding meetings with regulators, said El Ghaloul. Ethical considerations Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, incoming president of the World Medical Association. Dr Jacqueline Kitulu, the incoming president of the World Medical Association (WMA), told the webinar that excluding under-represented groups “generates several ethical harms”, including the risk that “clinical decisions are built on non-generalisable data”. She defined these groups as “women, including the pregnant ones, older adults, children, people with disabilities, indigenous and marginalised populations and those in conflict settings”. “Exclusion can cause harm when interventions are later rolled out without safety or dosage data for larger segments of the population who are really excluded or under-represented groups,” Kitulu explained. The WMA developed the Helsinki Declaration 61 years ago to guide research on human subjects, and this remains the cornerstone for researchers. Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network, said there needs to be a shift in thinking: “We are not protecting people from research, but we are working on ways to protect people through research.” “This particular shift requires not only including under-represented populations in trials, but also ensuring that our regulatory systems and community policies are at the centre of how research is designed, conducted and shared.” Mercury Shitindo, executive director of the Africa Bioethics Network. Runcie Chidebe, founder of Project PINK BLUE, a Nigerian cancer awareness and patient advocacy organisation, said that Africa only hosts 4% of global clinical trials, although it makes up almost 19% of the world’s population. He knew of only one oncology clinical trial in Africa at present, and said that clinical trials for treatments for metastatic cerebral and cervical cancer mental had involved “95% white people”. Evolving international policy On 7 October, the WHO launched the Global Clinical Trial Forum (GCTF) to strengthen the clinical trial ecosystem, Martina Penazzato, WHO lead of Global Accelerator for Paediatric Formulations (GAP-f), told the webinar. The forum is in response to a resolution from the World Health Assembly (WHA75.8), which called on WHO member states to improve the quality and coordination of clinical trials to generate high-quality evidence for health decision-making. “The WHO has also released a global action plan, with action three [of nine actions] emphasising the inclusion of under-represented populations,” said Penazzato, adding Research is underway to better define under-represented populations and the policy landscape. “The WHO has identified key barriers to paediatric clinical trial inclusion, such as ethical and regulatory frameworks, and has advocated for a more coordinated, transparent process to prioritise research in this area,” she added. Mariana Widmer, a WHO scientist in maternal and perinatal health, said that medicines need to be tested on pregnant women as “pregnancy introduces significant physiological changes”. “For example, the blood volume increases by about 40% and this affects how medicines are absorbed and processed,” said Widmer, “So medicines should be tested in pregnant women to ensure safe treatment, yet pregnant women are often excluded from trials. “Around 70% of pregnant women take prescription medicines, and most of them are off-label; therefore, excluding pregnant women poses greater risks than including them.” Meanwhile, the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) is considering guidelines to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in research, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, who spoke on behalf of IFPMA The ICH brings regulatory authorities and the pharmaceutical industry together to discuss scientific and technical aspects of pharmaceuticals. The ICH resolved to include pregnant and breastfeeding women in clinical trials in 2023, said Theresa Wang, director of Clinical Quality and Compliance Management at AstraZeneca, speaking on behalf of IFPMA. This was the second of a four-part virtual Africa Regulatory Conference webinar series hosted by the IFPMA that is open to all who are interested. The third webinar, ‘Innovative clinical trial designs and digital technologies, is on Tuesday, 21 October. Image Credits: Medicines for Malaria Venture. Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Toxic Cough Syrup, Weak Oversight: India’s Unending Drug Safety Crisis 15/10/2025 Arsalan Bukhari Manufacturers of Coldrif cough syrup used an industrial solvent as a base for their product, killing 22 children. At least 22 children have died in India this month after consuming a contaminated cough syrup found to contain nearly 45% diethylene glycol (DEG), a toxic industrial solvent used in brake fluid and antifreeze. The concentration is hundreds of times above the permissible limit of 0.1% set by pharmacopeial safety standards. The syrup, branded Coldrif, was manufactured by Sresan Pharmaceuticals in Tamil Nadu and distributed across several districts of Madhya Pradesh. Laboratory tests confirmed the dangerously high DEG levels. Following the deaths, authorities arrested the company’s owner, sealed the factory, and ordered an immediate recall of all implicated batches. While these steps suggest swift action, the tragedy is far from an isolated event. It fits a recurring pattern of deadly contamination in India’s pharmaceutical industry, one that has repeatedly exposed significant regulatory gaps and a culture of neglect that allows such disasters to keep unfolding. The cough syrup market was worth $262.5m in 2024, and has been predicted to grow to $743m by 2035, growing at by 9.9% each year, according to Market Research Future. Driving this consumption is both the lack of doctors, particularly in rural areas, which sees people resorting to over-the-counter remedies. In addition, high levels of air pollution in many areas cause children to cough – something that cannot be solved by cough syrup, yet many parents buy it in the hope that it will help. Pattern of deaths The deaths in Madhya Pradesh echo earlier incidents that have shaken global confidence in Indian drug exports. In 2022, nearly 70 children in The Gambia and 18 in Uzbekistan died after consuming contaminated syrups manufactured by Indian firms. In Uzbekistan, the victims had taken Dok-1 Max, produced by Marion Biotech, a Noida-based manufacturer. Tests revealed that the syrup contained ethylene glycol (EG), a poisonous chemical used in industrial antifreeze. A few months earlier, a similar tragedy unfolded in The Gambia. The World Health Organization (WHO) linked dozens of Gambian children’s deaths to four syrups made by another Indian company, Maiden Pharmaceuticals Ltd. “Laboratory analysis of samples of each of the four products confirm that they contain unacceptable amounts of diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol as contaminants,” according to the WHO. “Toxic effects can include abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhoea, inability to pass urine, headache, altered mental state and acute kidney injury, which may lead to death.” A health expert based in Delhi told Health Policy Watch, on condition of anonymity, that such incidents are not surprising: “To understand why this keeps happening, you have to look at where and how these medicines are actually made – and what rules are being ignored.” WHO warned of four contaminated cough syrups causing deaths in Gambia. Factory of filth and neglect That warning proved eerily accurate in the case of Sresan Pharmaceuticals, the company behind Coldrif. A recent Indian Express investigation described a scene of chaotic abandonment inside the factory: “Stacked plastic jars, stained concrete floors, hoses still snaking across the ground. Windows closed tight, some blocked with makeshift barriers.” Through a narrow opening, reporters saw “piles of white and blue containers leaning against the walls, black buckets on the floor, and discarded labels charred in the backyard.” In the ashes outside, investigators found half-burnt labels of Pronic Iron Syrup and Cyproheptadine Hydrochloride Syrup IP — products also manufactured by Sresan. The site, the report said, reeked of hurried abandonment, as if workers had fled in panic. An India Today report from Kanchipuram, where the factory operated, revealed over 350 violations, including rusted machinery, unhygienic conditions, and the absence of mandatory quality testing. These findings paint a grim picture of how, without proper regulation, some life-saving drugs are brewed in conditions closer to workshops than laboratories. India’s weak oversight India’s Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) is responsible for the oversight of new drugs, imports, clinical trials, and setting national standards. It falls under the Union Health Ministry, and licenses large manufacturers and handles export approvals. Under CDSCO’s oversight, there are six zonal offices, four sub-zonal offices, and a network of central drug testing laboratories. However, according to the Indian Drugs & Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of most drugs is a mandate of state drug controllers. The states are also responsible for licensing, market sampling, and post-market surveillance. State drug controllers oversee thousands of small and medium-scale manufacturers, including firms like Sresan Pharmaceuticals that produce drugs for local markets. But this dual regulatory model has serious cracks, and two authorities that rarely work in sync. The CDSCO has acknowledged that state labs and regulatory bodies frequently lack capacity, both in terms of trained personnel and infrastructure to carry out rigorous testing for impurities or enforce license compliance. As the state authorities hold many of the licensing powers, these gaps in state enforcement often turn into systemic fatal oversights. A 2024 inspection drive led by CDSCO and state drug controllers checked over 400 premises, including many medicine manufacturers. The drive found widespread non-compliance: a large fraction of units were issued show-cause notices, suspended, or shut down for failing to meet GMP and other safety standards. “There must be coordination between the Centre and the state agency. We can’t play the blame game,” said Ishtiyaq Wani, editor of a local health news outlet, speaking to Health Policy Watch. “India is one of the largest drug exporters to low-income countries, but unless both regulators act jointly, such tragedies will keep repeating. India’s Central Drug Testing Laboratory in Hyderabud does not test locally distributed medicines. Cheap illegal substitutes Most cough syrup contamination originates from substandard or illegal raw materials. Pharmaceutical-grade solvents such as glycerin and propylene glycol, the standard base in syrup medicines, must meet strict purity standards. Cheaper industrial-grade substitutes, including diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol, are sometimes used illegally as substitutes because they cost less than half the price. Such shortcuts have repeatedly led to child deaths in both domestic and international markets. Each time a crisis erupts, officials promise reform. But even after global embarrassment over the Gambia and Uzbekistan tragedies, India’s domestic safeguards remain barely changed. State regulators, meant to be the first line of defense, often lack accredited testing labs, qualified inspectors, and digital systems to track batches. The result is predictable: contaminated drugs slip through until lives are lost. “The system responds only after people die,” said a retired scientist who spoke on condition of anonymity. “Once the media leaves, the checks fade again.” Without a coordinated surveillance network between the central and state authorities, accountability simply dissolves. Factories are shuttered for a few months, then quietly reopen under new names or owners. A crisis of confidence India’s drug industry built its global reputation by supplying affordable medicines to the developing world. But repeated incidents of fatal contamination are eroding that trust. In countries from Gambia to Indonesia, authorities demand independent testing of Indian exports before distribution. At home, families of victims are left with little recourse. Few cases ever result in a conviction. Compensation is rare, and company directors often vanish into bureaucratic loopholes. The problem, health economists warn, is not a lack of rules but their uneven enforcement. “The law is strong on paper,” said one public health lawyer in Bengaluru. “But when state regulators are underfunded and overburdened, even the best laws mean little.” In the aftermath of the Coldriff tragedy, experts have again called for tighter oversight — a unified drug safety authority, routine supplier audits, and real-time data sharing between states and the CDSCO. But unless these proposals move beyond press conferences, little will change. For now, the pattern remains painfully familiar: a deadly batch, public outrage, temporary bans – then silence and inaction until the next tragedy. India’s pharmaceutical industry is still the “pharmacy of the Global South,” but each new contamination weakens that claim. Behind every bottle of syrup, there’s a fragile chain of trust. And each time that chain breaks, it costs more than reputation — it costs children’s lives. Image Credits: WHO, CDSCO. Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Global Health Leaders Urge Fewer Agencies Amid Funding Crisis 16/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. BERLIN — Leaders of the world’s major global health institutions called for a fundamental restructuring of an aid system they described as too fragmented, duplicative and confusing, with several stating that the number of agencies must be reduced as cuts from the US and other donors force a reckoning with the labyrinthine architecture of global health funding. At the World Health Summit in Berlin this week, executives from the Global Fund, Gavi, the World Health Organization and other institutions addressed the financial crisis facing global health as the abrupt withdrawal of US aid under Donald Trump exposed structural problems that officials acknowledged had existed for years. “I do think we’re actually going to have to reduce the number of entities,” Peter Sands, executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, told participants. “The system is too fragmented. There are too many underfunded institutions. There’s too much duplication. It’s too complex. That diagnosis, I think, is pretty straightforward.” Global development assistance for health fell 21% between 2024 and 2025, driven almost entirely by a 67% drop in US financing, more than $9 billion, according to data from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Tens of millions of lives, particularly among children under five and people in the world’s poorest countries, are threatened by the cuts. Germany announces $1 billion pledge to the Global Fund on the opening night of WHS 2025. The collapse in global health funding extends beyond the United States. Germany, despite pledging €1 billion to the Global Fund and emerging as WHO’s largest donor, has cut its overall development assistance. France and the UK, also major funders, have joined rich countries across the board in reducing aid budgets. EU member states face competing pressures from the war in Ukraine and heightened security concerns following recent Russian provocations inside and near NATO borders. “On a global scale, development assistance for health was almost universally accepted as a good thing—it wasn’t politically controversial,” Joseph Dieleman, who leads IHME’s health aid tracking team, told the Council on Foreign Relations of the research. “All of a sudden, it’s very squarely political and on the chopping block.” “That’s not just a US phenomenon,” Dieleman said. “That’s global.” Global health chiefs used the World Health Summit in Berlin to call for cutting and consolidating agencies as US cuts expose a “confusing” and “fragmented” aid bureaucracy. The loss of billions in health funding has put millions at risk, but officials say the crisis has also exposed deeper, long-standing flaws in the aid architecture. Health programs rely heavily on a handful of major donors — about 15 philanthropies and national governments dominate the field — so the loss of even one can trigger an immediate emergency. “In the area of HIV, when the US paused their development assistance in February, in the whole global response on the HIV/AIDS, the US was shouldering 73% of the total burden of development assistance, just one country,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. “The rest of the world was shouldering the 27%. That wasn’t right,” she added. “That overdependence on one country, in a few countries, and overdependence of the developing countries, we have to solve it.” Officials also pointed to “mandate creep,” where multiple organizations take on overlapping roles, competing for the same funds while duplicating work, resulting in confusion and inefficient use of aid. “At the moment, if you’re somebody from outside the world of global health, it’s pretty confusing, right?” Sands said. “And there are so many cross-currents and so many acronyms, and trying to explain where you should place your bets as a new donor is not a trivial thing to do.” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said the abrupt US withdrawal “will cost lives” with “estimations that this is a double digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change.” “The best answer for the Global Fund is you don’t need the Global Fund,” he added. “Ultimately, if we’ve done our job on HIV, TB and Malaria well, there’s no need for it. That’s not true for the normative convening, regulatory roles of WHO which will continue, ultimately indefinitely, because that’s playing a kind of global public good role for the world.” The majority of global health institutions are funded through sequential “replenishment” fundraising campaigns, often concurrent, creating competition for finite resources that now extends across the broader humanitarian world. As funds dwindle, streamlining and coordination in aid efforts become crucial to maximise what funds remain. “Is the current model of replenishment sustainable? I don’t think it’s sustainable going forward,” said Sania Nishtar, chief executive of Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance. “Whatever all of us have been able to achieve, it is because of the generosity of the donors … We do not have a divine right to funding.” In 2024, the UN and partner organizations appealed for $46.4 billion to assist 180.5 million people across 72 countries—funding that health agencies must now compete for and convince policymakers to support. “It is cliché, but a crisis is a chance,” Nishtar said. “Now is the time for us to come together and align behind a movement to draw new parameters.” “We are radically recalibrating our programs. We understand that these changes are irreversible,” the Gavi chief concluded. “There’s got to be far less agencies in the ecosystem. This fragmentation and duplication really needs to come to an end.” Without warning Elon Musk, who was named a “special government employee” by the Trump administration, secured the president’s backing to eliminate USAID, the country’s foreign aid agency, sending shockwaves through global humanitarian efforts. The abrupt termination of US foreign aid, which has hit health programmes particularly hard, cast a long shadow over the chandeliers and canapés adorning World Health Summit proceedings at the Berlin InterContinental hotel, though participants largely avoided direct criticism of Washington. Multiple panels on restructuring global health finance over the three-day conference avoided mentioning the US or President Donald Trump by name, instead speaking obliquely of the need for “innovative finance” and addressing funding gaps that now total tens of billions of dollars across major institutions including the WHO, Gavi and the Global Fund. “The US has every right to use its money the way it wants. I don’t think anyone can criticize the US for withdrawing its funds or withdrawing its support,” WHO chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told participants via video-link from Sri-Lanka. “But one thing that could have been done is there could have been a transition or an exit strategy, for instance, about six to 12 months,” Tedros added. “Then, countries who have been benefiting from the US generous support could have prepared themselves.” Research published in The Lancet estimates USAID programs have saved over 90 million lives over the past two decades, including 30.4 million children under the age of five. As many as 14 million additional preventable deaths could take place by 2030 if gaps created by US programme cuts are not closed. Later in the exchange, while acknowledging US sovereignty over its funding decisions, the WHO acknowledged that reality head-on. “People have died,” Tedros said. “If there was some exit strategy, we wouldn’t have people dying because of the withdrawal of the US funding.” “The abrupt US withdrawal will cost lives,” Axel Pries, president of the World Health Summit, said. “Estimations are that this is a double-digit million figure of lives which are lost due to this very abrupt change. On the other hand, it also exposed that our system had some kind of crackability already. It was not only this last push, it was already a system which needed a renewal.” Already falling short “Funding Drops Across Most Health Organizations From 2024 to 2025: Development banks and the Gates Foundation maintained their funds for health development assistance, but agencies such as the World Health Organization experienced large losses,” according to Think Global Health statistics. Even before the cuts, global health institutions were falling short of their targets, a pattern mirrored across humanitarian, refugee and climate financing. The global fight against HIV, tuberculosis and malaria faces a $29.4 billion gap for 2027-2029 across domestic financing, external donors and the Global Fund combined. The Global Fund contributes roughly 13% of total global funding for these three diseases and has already warned countries that current grants for 2025-2026 might face an average 11% cut due to an estimated $1.4 billion gap from donors not meeting pledges. “Global health has been very much anchored in global solidarity — countries agreeing to work together to deliver on health, and it’s been driven very much by aid for the developing countries,” Byanyima said. “But now we’re seeing that aid tumbling very fast — that suddenness, that rapid decline, is costing lives. Let’s be clear about that: people are dying.” Gavi secured more than $9 billion at its June replenishment summit but remains $2.9 billion short of its $11.9 billion target. Officials warned this shortfall could result in 75 million children missing routine vaccinations over the next five years and 1.2 million child deaths. Overall resource needs and projected available resources for HIV, TB and malaria in countries where the Global Fund invests. The Pandemic Fund—a multilateral mechanism established in 2022 by the G20—requires an estimated $2 billion in additional resources for 2025-2027. A further $15 billion in annual global spending on pandemic preparedness — or 0.1-0.2% of GDP and 0.5-1% of security and defence budgets — was recommended by a report from the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board released in Berlin. WHO faces the largest proportional crisis: it is short nearly $1.9 billion from a planned $4.2 billion budget for 2026-27, meaning it lacks nearly 45% of the needed funding. Amid the funding drought, forcing many UN agencies from headquarters, to the UN Refugee Programme, to UNICEF and more to cut staff and operations by up to 55%, Sands warned that a simple restructuring will not solve the crisis alone. “Rearranging the boxes of the global health ecosystem is a useful thing to do and a necessary thing to do,” he said. “But it isn’t going to fill the fundamental gaps in financing. So we should do it, but we shouldn’t use it as a sort of displacement activity for actually mobilizing the money we need.” “The worst outcome here is that we invest a lot of our energies having long conversations and lots of meetings about all of this and then do nothing,” Sands concluded. “And two years from now, we’re not where you said we would be with a radically changed system. That would be a waste of time.” Death and defence German Health Minister Nina Warken addresses the World Health Summit in Berlin. Yet while aid budgets shrink, defense spending has been easier to find on government balance sheets, seeing a global surge last year from major aid donor nations as geopolitical tensions rattle capitals. EU member states’ defense expenditure reached €343 billion in 2024, and is expected to rise to €381 billion in 2025—a 19% increase from the previous year and 37% higher than 2021. The US defense budget was approximately $874 billion in 2024. “We face a world of national reflexes and shrinking budgets, of leading headlines and contested facts,” Nina Warken, Germany’s health minister, told the summit. “Global health politics is pressed to justify itself.” “Health is no place for the lone wolf, because national health topics are often linked to the global level,” Warken added. “It is in our very own interest to strengthen these topics at an international level.” The increases come as millions of preventable deaths occur worldwide from diseases that cost relatively little to treat or prevent. The $9 billion pricetag cost to fill the US-sized gap in global health funding, in perspective, is about 2.4 % of EU defence spending and about 0.66 % of the combined EU-US defence outlays. “While we know we’re at a particular moment in time with financing for global solidarity now, the truth is funding pressures have long been there,” Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister and UN Development Programme administrator, said. “There is a competition for resources between the different sets of actors.” Preliminary estimates of relative reduction in total health spending due to reduceddevelopment assistance for health, 2024–2025. The resources to allay the funding crisis are not confined to traditional Western aid budgets. Around 200 individuals with net worths exceeding $10 billion collectively hold approximately $5 trillion—enough to fund the current shortfall for over 500 years with money to spare. China’s annual government expenditure, estimated at $6-7 trillion, would absorb the $9 billion gap as roughly 0.13% of its budget. Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, with assets estimated at $1 trillion, could sustain current global health funding levels for over a century. The kingdom’s recent investments in sports properties—including an estimated $10 billion across ventures such as LIV Golf, Newcastle United, and various international tournaments—exceed the immediate global health financing need. Yet mobilising such resources remains a complex diplomatic and political challenge, further complicated by questions of how aid should be spent. “In the final analysis, food, water, medicine to keep people alive is a compelling narrative,” Clark said. “That can absorb an overwhelming amount of resources that doesn’t really leave that much for putting in place the building blocks for more resilient health systems.” African push for sovereignty clouded by debt African leaders used the summit to accelerate demands for greater independence from donor systems. “Africa is ready. We don’t want to be invited,” Jean Kaseya, director-general of the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, told attendees. “We are the co-creators of this global architecture.” “The money that we are creating, that we are leveraging, must flow through the regional pool procurement mechanism, especially to regional manufacturers, because we need an incentive to them,” Kaseya said. “Someone was telling me, there is no market in Africa. No way we have 1.4 billion people. This is the biggest market.” In September, African health ministers released the Accra Agenda—a comprehensive financing strategy emphasizing domestic resources, innovative mechanisms and local manufacturing. The initiative, led by Ghana’s President John Dramani Mahama, aims to declare an end to development-as-usual. Yet the push echoes the 2001 Abuja Declaration, in which African Union leaders pledged to allocate 15% of government budgets to health—a target only two countries of the AU’s 55 nations, South Africa and Cabo Verde, met in 2021. The average across the AU was 7.35% of national budgets, half the benchmark agreed in Nigeria 24 years ago. “In the end, national actors are the ones who are going to carry their countries forward,” Clark said. “We have to put the emphasis on how we support them to do their jobs.” WHO Chief Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addressed the 2025 WHS. Pressed on how the WHO would support countries affected by the global aid cuts, Tedros insisted they possessed the capacity for self-reliance. “All developing countries, what they need is not charity. What they need is fair terms, fair terms in investment, fair terms in trade, and fair terms in taking loans from the market,” he said. Yet as the IMF and World Bank hold their annual meetings in Washington this week, the prospect of self-reliance appears increasingly remote for many developing nations. Low-income countries, on average, depend on foreign aid for one-third of their national health spending. Eight of the world’s poorest countries—South Sudan, Somalia, Democratic Republic of Congo, Liberia, Afghanistan, Sudan, Uganda and Ethiopia—rely on USAID for over 20% of their total foreign assistance. Facing their highest debt burdens in decades, many of the world’s poorest nations are unlikely to be able to compensate for the budget hole blown open by USAID’s withdrawal. The 121 low- and middle-income governments for which there are figures spent an average of 10.7% of government revenue on public health systems, compared to 12.2% on external debt payments in 2019. Research by Debt Justice, released ahead of the meetings, found that 11 lower-income countries denied debt relief by the IMF have been forced to enact “drastic” cuts to health spending by 18% and education by 16% while maintaining debt payments to wealthy creditors. In these countries—including Argentina, Egypt, Kenya, Mozambique and Pakistan—real public spending per person has been cut by 10% on average, while GDP growth per person averaged just 1.2%, less than half the average for countries in the global South. “The countries most dependent on development assistance are also the least capable of filling the gap,” Dieleman said. “The shift has been felt most acutely in low-income countries where disease burdens are high, particularly those in sub-Saharan Africa.” The call for developing countries to increase domestic health spending confronts a debt crisis that makes such investments nearly impossible for many governments. More than 60 countries worldwide now spend more on debt service than on their health systems. “The first thing we need to do is to organize a planned, a responsible transition from a model of aid,” Byanyima said. “We’ve seen the vulnerabilities of aid, and now we want to go away from that. But we must do it in an orderly way that’s not costing lives.” Image Credits: World Health Summit, White House , Thinking Global Health, IHME. ‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Toxic Cough Syrup, Weak Oversight: India’s Unending Drug Safety Crisis 15/10/2025 Arsalan Bukhari Manufacturers of Coldrif cough syrup used an industrial solvent as a base for their product, killing 22 children. At least 22 children have died in India this month after consuming a contaminated cough syrup found to contain nearly 45% diethylene glycol (DEG), a toxic industrial solvent used in brake fluid and antifreeze. The concentration is hundreds of times above the permissible limit of 0.1% set by pharmacopeial safety standards. The syrup, branded Coldrif, was manufactured by Sresan Pharmaceuticals in Tamil Nadu and distributed across several districts of Madhya Pradesh. Laboratory tests confirmed the dangerously high DEG levels. Following the deaths, authorities arrested the company’s owner, sealed the factory, and ordered an immediate recall of all implicated batches. While these steps suggest swift action, the tragedy is far from an isolated event. It fits a recurring pattern of deadly contamination in India’s pharmaceutical industry, one that has repeatedly exposed significant regulatory gaps and a culture of neglect that allows such disasters to keep unfolding. The cough syrup market was worth $262.5m in 2024, and has been predicted to grow to $743m by 2035, growing at by 9.9% each year, according to Market Research Future. Driving this consumption is both the lack of doctors, particularly in rural areas, which sees people resorting to over-the-counter remedies. In addition, high levels of air pollution in many areas cause children to cough – something that cannot be solved by cough syrup, yet many parents buy it in the hope that it will help. Pattern of deaths The deaths in Madhya Pradesh echo earlier incidents that have shaken global confidence in Indian drug exports. In 2022, nearly 70 children in The Gambia and 18 in Uzbekistan died after consuming contaminated syrups manufactured by Indian firms. In Uzbekistan, the victims had taken Dok-1 Max, produced by Marion Biotech, a Noida-based manufacturer. Tests revealed that the syrup contained ethylene glycol (EG), a poisonous chemical used in industrial antifreeze. A few months earlier, a similar tragedy unfolded in The Gambia. The World Health Organization (WHO) linked dozens of Gambian children’s deaths to four syrups made by another Indian company, Maiden Pharmaceuticals Ltd. “Laboratory analysis of samples of each of the four products confirm that they contain unacceptable amounts of diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol as contaminants,” according to the WHO. “Toxic effects can include abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhoea, inability to pass urine, headache, altered mental state and acute kidney injury, which may lead to death.” A health expert based in Delhi told Health Policy Watch, on condition of anonymity, that such incidents are not surprising: “To understand why this keeps happening, you have to look at where and how these medicines are actually made – and what rules are being ignored.” WHO warned of four contaminated cough syrups causing deaths in Gambia. Factory of filth and neglect That warning proved eerily accurate in the case of Sresan Pharmaceuticals, the company behind Coldrif. A recent Indian Express investigation described a scene of chaotic abandonment inside the factory: “Stacked plastic jars, stained concrete floors, hoses still snaking across the ground. Windows closed tight, some blocked with makeshift barriers.” Through a narrow opening, reporters saw “piles of white and blue containers leaning against the walls, black buckets on the floor, and discarded labels charred in the backyard.” In the ashes outside, investigators found half-burnt labels of Pronic Iron Syrup and Cyproheptadine Hydrochloride Syrup IP — products also manufactured by Sresan. The site, the report said, reeked of hurried abandonment, as if workers had fled in panic. An India Today report from Kanchipuram, where the factory operated, revealed over 350 violations, including rusted machinery, unhygienic conditions, and the absence of mandatory quality testing. These findings paint a grim picture of how, without proper regulation, some life-saving drugs are brewed in conditions closer to workshops than laboratories. India’s weak oversight India’s Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) is responsible for the oversight of new drugs, imports, clinical trials, and setting national standards. It falls under the Union Health Ministry, and licenses large manufacturers and handles export approvals. Under CDSCO’s oversight, there are six zonal offices, four sub-zonal offices, and a network of central drug testing laboratories. However, according to the Indian Drugs & Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of most drugs is a mandate of state drug controllers. The states are also responsible for licensing, market sampling, and post-market surveillance. State drug controllers oversee thousands of small and medium-scale manufacturers, including firms like Sresan Pharmaceuticals that produce drugs for local markets. But this dual regulatory model has serious cracks, and two authorities that rarely work in sync. The CDSCO has acknowledged that state labs and regulatory bodies frequently lack capacity, both in terms of trained personnel and infrastructure to carry out rigorous testing for impurities or enforce license compliance. As the state authorities hold many of the licensing powers, these gaps in state enforcement often turn into systemic fatal oversights. A 2024 inspection drive led by CDSCO and state drug controllers checked over 400 premises, including many medicine manufacturers. The drive found widespread non-compliance: a large fraction of units were issued show-cause notices, suspended, or shut down for failing to meet GMP and other safety standards. “There must be coordination between the Centre and the state agency. We can’t play the blame game,” said Ishtiyaq Wani, editor of a local health news outlet, speaking to Health Policy Watch. “India is one of the largest drug exporters to low-income countries, but unless both regulators act jointly, such tragedies will keep repeating. India’s Central Drug Testing Laboratory in Hyderabud does not test locally distributed medicines. Cheap illegal substitutes Most cough syrup contamination originates from substandard or illegal raw materials. Pharmaceutical-grade solvents such as glycerin and propylene glycol, the standard base in syrup medicines, must meet strict purity standards. Cheaper industrial-grade substitutes, including diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol, are sometimes used illegally as substitutes because they cost less than half the price. Such shortcuts have repeatedly led to child deaths in both domestic and international markets. Each time a crisis erupts, officials promise reform. But even after global embarrassment over the Gambia and Uzbekistan tragedies, India’s domestic safeguards remain barely changed. State regulators, meant to be the first line of defense, often lack accredited testing labs, qualified inspectors, and digital systems to track batches. The result is predictable: contaminated drugs slip through until lives are lost. “The system responds only after people die,” said a retired scientist who spoke on condition of anonymity. “Once the media leaves, the checks fade again.” Without a coordinated surveillance network between the central and state authorities, accountability simply dissolves. Factories are shuttered for a few months, then quietly reopen under new names or owners. A crisis of confidence India’s drug industry built its global reputation by supplying affordable medicines to the developing world. But repeated incidents of fatal contamination are eroding that trust. In countries from Gambia to Indonesia, authorities demand independent testing of Indian exports before distribution. At home, families of victims are left with little recourse. Few cases ever result in a conviction. Compensation is rare, and company directors often vanish into bureaucratic loopholes. The problem, health economists warn, is not a lack of rules but their uneven enforcement. “The law is strong on paper,” said one public health lawyer in Bengaluru. “But when state regulators are underfunded and overburdened, even the best laws mean little.” In the aftermath of the Coldriff tragedy, experts have again called for tighter oversight — a unified drug safety authority, routine supplier audits, and real-time data sharing between states and the CDSCO. But unless these proposals move beyond press conferences, little will change. For now, the pattern remains painfully familiar: a deadly batch, public outrage, temporary bans – then silence and inaction until the next tragedy. India’s pharmaceutical industry is still the “pharmacy of the Global South,” but each new contamination weakens that claim. Behind every bottle of syrup, there’s a fragile chain of trust. And each time that chain breaks, it costs more than reputation — it costs children’s lives. Image Credits: WHO, CDSCO. Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
‘Breaking Down Silos’: Global Health Matters Podcast Marks Five Years of Cross-Cutting Conversations 15/10/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Garry Aslanyan is the executive producer and host of the Global Health Matters podcast. At the World Health Summit in Berlin, the Global Health Matters podcast celebrated a milestone anniversary with a live recording exploring misinformation, the power of social media shaping information, and the future of health communication BERLIN — Five years ago, in a field not exactly known for its podcasting, Dr Garry Aslanyan spotted a gap. Global health, for all its conferences, scientific papers and panel discussions, lacked spaces for dialogue that could transcend disciplinary boundaries. So he started one. “A lot of the information in global health is quite siloized,” Aslanyan, the podcast’s founder, told Health Policy Watch in a recent interview at the World Health Summit, where the show recorded its fifth-anniversary episode. “We look at things that are more cross-cutting. People who are not working in an area could listen to the episode and get inspired by how they dealt with something in another context.” The approach has resonated. With over 130,000 downloads across more than 180 countries, Global Health Matters has become a platform bringing together voices ranging from former Médecins Sans Frontières president Joanne Liu to Wellcome CEO Jan-Arne Rottingen, alongside lesser-known innovators, scientists, authors, academics and public health officials whose work might otherwise go unheard by the broader scientific community. The long-form interview format, Aslanyan explained, allows listeners to understand not just what experts do, but their motivations and experiences: what their personal journey was, why they decided to pursue their work, and the contexts shaping their perspectives. “We don’t really have a chance to know who they are,” Aslanyan said. “Where they work, how their context is, what it means to them.” “We know the general public is probably not our main audience, but in terms of destroying silos between different parts of global health… we’re covering everything,” he added. “We’re doing it with different perspectives, so I think we’ve overcome [those divisions].” Kissing bugs Founded five years ago, the Global Health Matters podcast now has over 120,000 downloads across 180+ countries, making it a leading platform for conversations, diverse voices, and real-world insights in global health. One interview with essayist, memoirist and journalist Daisy Hernández stands out to Aslanyan as exemplifying what his podcast is after. Far from the corridors of the World Health Organization in Geneva, Hernández wrote a memoir about Chagas disease woven through her family’s story—a book most global health professionals could easily miss. “For many listeners, they would never pick up that book,” Aslanyan said. “But the way she presented the story really incorporated the disease, the system, the culture, the environment, and the lack of understanding of these kinds of diseases in developed countries.” Chagas disease, caused by a parasite transmitted mostly through the “kissing bug” Triatominae, which thrives inside the mud or concrete walls and floors of poor dwellings in Latin America, was barely recognized by physicians in the United States and Europe until recently. Doctors misdiagnosed it as simple heart problems. Hernández’s narrative approach made visible what technical papers couldn’t: how a neglected disease, medical system failures, and immigrant experiences collided to lead a family and community affected by the disease with little understanding of its true causes. The experience of Chagas disease, and Hernandez’s power to communicate it through story, also ties deeply with the work of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, where Aslanyan works. The conversation was a reminder to global health professionals to “go beyond our public health silos and to present our work in a way that motivates experts, policy-makers and lay audiences towards greater action,” the episode description wrote — a mission statement for what Aslanyan is trying to achieve, and a narrative vision to achieve TDR’s raison d’être: improving the health vulnerable of burdened by infectious diseases. To inform or to misinform The podcast’s five-year anniversary recording on the opening day of Berlin’s World Health Summit tackled one of global health’s most urgent challenges: ensuring accurate health information reaches those who need it. The live session on “Bridging the Knowledge Divide” featured Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, and Monica Bharel, Google’s clinical lead for Public Health, in a discussion that laid bare both progress and persistent problems. “When I first started working, everything was written by hand,” Phumaphi recalled, describing her early career years in health systems decades earlier. “You only had one source of information—the World Health Organization. You didn’t have to search to find out which source is right and which one is wrong.” “There are so many sources of information, and it’s very, very confusing,” Phumaphi said of the current landscape. “We have rogue scientists and rogue medical practitioners who spread disinformation. And there’s misinformation, which is a little bit more innocent but can do as much damage.” Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance, speaks at the 5th anniversary event in Berlin. “Misinformation is always mixed with a little bit of truth, which is why it misleads,” she explained. “But what it does is that it kills people. Non-vaccinated people died during COVID. Children who don’t have measles vaccines die. Children who are not sleeping under mosquito nets die from malaria.” In Mozambique’s Zambezia province earlier this year, misinformation claiming that government-distributed mosquito nets spread cholera led to violent attacks on health centers, leaving one person dead. Communities blamed health workers for a cholera outbreak. Provincial officials had to conduct emergency visits urging residents to stop attacking the health workers attempting to help them. The misinformation challenge has grown particularly acute in an era when figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now hold positions of global influence. Kennedy, who built his political profile as leader of Children’s Health Defense, the world’s largest anti-vaccine organization which led the crusade against COVID-19 vaccination in the pandemic, now installed atop the US health system. In recent months, Kennedy has overhauled US vaccine schedule requirements, claimed circumcision causes autism, and eliminated federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women. Google health HQ Monica Bharel is the clinical lead for public sector health at Google, which fields 90% of global searches and owns Youtube. Against that landscape, the social media platforms operated by tech companies like Google, Meta and others, are playing an outsize role in health information – and thus facing an increasingly heavy burden of responsibility as well. “Two hundred billion health queries are made on YouTube annually,” Google’s Bharel noted during the panel. Across Google’s search engine—which handles approximately 90% of all search queries globally—over one billion health-related searches occur every day, translating to more than 365 billion annually, she said. Three out of four Americans, Bharel added, begin their “health journey” with an internet search. Google and YouTube have implemented systems to elevate “trusted voices,” requiring healthcare professionals to show proof of licensure to be featured in prominent health information sections. The companies rank content using what Bharel described as “expertise, experience, authority, and trust” metrics, and now employ AI-powered overviews to provide summarized answers alongside traditional search results. “We want to flood the system with high-quality information,” Bharel said, describing Google’s approach. Yet the architecture of these platforms, and the massive flow of exchange, means misinformation is always nearby, often driven by emotional testimonials or shocking statistics that draw users’ attention but lack the evidence base of peer-reviewed scientific studies and authoritative sources. A study published in the medical journal BMC Public Health breaks down how many people seek health advice from Google’s YouTube platform. “I think that approach is very good, but in order to make it more useful to our communities, I would like a [social media] system like [Google’s] that to be endorsed by WHO and national health authorities around the world,” Phumaphi said, voicing a concern shared by many public health professionals. The disconnect between information availability and actual reach from validated sources remains a major challenge for the health world. The World Health Organization, for instance, uploads multiple videos weekly that garner fewer than 20 views on YouTube. Just last month, a new United Nations report found that UN reports are not widely read, showing the challenge of communicating complex and accurate information continues to be a major sticking point beyond the health world. “Many people are not influenced by WHO, they are influenced by what they see,” Phumaphi observed. In Africa, she noted, traditional and religious leaders also continue to serve as “influencers” – and their views are often far more powerful than international health organizations. The problem extends beyond misinformation to what Bahrel termed being “misinformed”—people lacking complete information to make good decisions about their health. Information, the panelists agreed, has become a social determinant of health itself—as critical as access to food, clean water, or healthcare professionals. “There’s also a language barrier between scientists and health experts and normal people,” one audience member noted during the Q&A. “A fundamental communications problem.” Looking ahead Season 5 is coming 🎉What topics should we dive into next on the #GlobalHealthMatters podcast?📝 Fill out our listener survey 👉 https://t.co/acJOhPURnk💬 Or comment below with your ideas — we’re listening! pic.twitter.com/hNBug5xvaZ — TDR (@TDRnews) October 15, 2025 As the podcast enters its fifth season, Aslanyan is pushing toward what he describes as more “provocative” territory. He envisions creating space for global health opinion-makers to debate contentious issues the field typically avoids. Like a political talk show, but focused on policy questions that shape billions of lives, he said. He envisions seeing “more of a consistent sort of episodes and places where very neutral, experienced global health opinion makers can discuss global health issues together,” Aslanyan explained. The difficulty, he acknowledged, will be maintaining neutrality while hosting a platform that can provide space for the respectful exchange of different views. How the podcast can thread that needle remains to be seen. But in a field increasingly dominated by silos, polarization, and platform power, the journey of Global Health Matters will continue to add value to viewers in the global health domain. “We go through either sanitized kind of things to sometimes extreme, polarized stories,” Aslanyan said. “But we should have a neutral platform. I hope—well, it’s my dream.” Toxic Cough Syrup, Weak Oversight: India’s Unending Drug Safety Crisis 15/10/2025 Arsalan Bukhari Manufacturers of Coldrif cough syrup used an industrial solvent as a base for their product, killing 22 children. At least 22 children have died in India this month after consuming a contaminated cough syrup found to contain nearly 45% diethylene glycol (DEG), a toxic industrial solvent used in brake fluid and antifreeze. The concentration is hundreds of times above the permissible limit of 0.1% set by pharmacopeial safety standards. The syrup, branded Coldrif, was manufactured by Sresan Pharmaceuticals in Tamil Nadu and distributed across several districts of Madhya Pradesh. Laboratory tests confirmed the dangerously high DEG levels. Following the deaths, authorities arrested the company’s owner, sealed the factory, and ordered an immediate recall of all implicated batches. While these steps suggest swift action, the tragedy is far from an isolated event. It fits a recurring pattern of deadly contamination in India’s pharmaceutical industry, one that has repeatedly exposed significant regulatory gaps and a culture of neglect that allows such disasters to keep unfolding. The cough syrup market was worth $262.5m in 2024, and has been predicted to grow to $743m by 2035, growing at by 9.9% each year, according to Market Research Future. Driving this consumption is both the lack of doctors, particularly in rural areas, which sees people resorting to over-the-counter remedies. In addition, high levels of air pollution in many areas cause children to cough – something that cannot be solved by cough syrup, yet many parents buy it in the hope that it will help. Pattern of deaths The deaths in Madhya Pradesh echo earlier incidents that have shaken global confidence in Indian drug exports. In 2022, nearly 70 children in The Gambia and 18 in Uzbekistan died after consuming contaminated syrups manufactured by Indian firms. In Uzbekistan, the victims had taken Dok-1 Max, produced by Marion Biotech, a Noida-based manufacturer. Tests revealed that the syrup contained ethylene glycol (EG), a poisonous chemical used in industrial antifreeze. A few months earlier, a similar tragedy unfolded in The Gambia. The World Health Organization (WHO) linked dozens of Gambian children’s deaths to four syrups made by another Indian company, Maiden Pharmaceuticals Ltd. “Laboratory analysis of samples of each of the four products confirm that they contain unacceptable amounts of diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol as contaminants,” according to the WHO. “Toxic effects can include abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhoea, inability to pass urine, headache, altered mental state and acute kidney injury, which may lead to death.” A health expert based in Delhi told Health Policy Watch, on condition of anonymity, that such incidents are not surprising: “To understand why this keeps happening, you have to look at where and how these medicines are actually made – and what rules are being ignored.” WHO warned of four contaminated cough syrups causing deaths in Gambia. Factory of filth and neglect That warning proved eerily accurate in the case of Sresan Pharmaceuticals, the company behind Coldrif. A recent Indian Express investigation described a scene of chaotic abandonment inside the factory: “Stacked plastic jars, stained concrete floors, hoses still snaking across the ground. Windows closed tight, some blocked with makeshift barriers.” Through a narrow opening, reporters saw “piles of white and blue containers leaning against the walls, black buckets on the floor, and discarded labels charred in the backyard.” In the ashes outside, investigators found half-burnt labels of Pronic Iron Syrup and Cyproheptadine Hydrochloride Syrup IP — products also manufactured by Sresan. The site, the report said, reeked of hurried abandonment, as if workers had fled in panic. An India Today report from Kanchipuram, where the factory operated, revealed over 350 violations, including rusted machinery, unhygienic conditions, and the absence of mandatory quality testing. These findings paint a grim picture of how, without proper regulation, some life-saving drugs are brewed in conditions closer to workshops than laboratories. India’s weak oversight India’s Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) is responsible for the oversight of new drugs, imports, clinical trials, and setting national standards. It falls under the Union Health Ministry, and licenses large manufacturers and handles export approvals. Under CDSCO’s oversight, there are six zonal offices, four sub-zonal offices, and a network of central drug testing laboratories. However, according to the Indian Drugs & Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of most drugs is a mandate of state drug controllers. The states are also responsible for licensing, market sampling, and post-market surveillance. State drug controllers oversee thousands of small and medium-scale manufacturers, including firms like Sresan Pharmaceuticals that produce drugs for local markets. But this dual regulatory model has serious cracks, and two authorities that rarely work in sync. The CDSCO has acknowledged that state labs and regulatory bodies frequently lack capacity, both in terms of trained personnel and infrastructure to carry out rigorous testing for impurities or enforce license compliance. As the state authorities hold many of the licensing powers, these gaps in state enforcement often turn into systemic fatal oversights. A 2024 inspection drive led by CDSCO and state drug controllers checked over 400 premises, including many medicine manufacturers. The drive found widespread non-compliance: a large fraction of units were issued show-cause notices, suspended, or shut down for failing to meet GMP and other safety standards. “There must be coordination between the Centre and the state agency. We can’t play the blame game,” said Ishtiyaq Wani, editor of a local health news outlet, speaking to Health Policy Watch. “India is one of the largest drug exporters to low-income countries, but unless both regulators act jointly, such tragedies will keep repeating. India’s Central Drug Testing Laboratory in Hyderabud does not test locally distributed medicines. Cheap illegal substitutes Most cough syrup contamination originates from substandard or illegal raw materials. Pharmaceutical-grade solvents such as glycerin and propylene glycol, the standard base in syrup medicines, must meet strict purity standards. Cheaper industrial-grade substitutes, including diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol, are sometimes used illegally as substitutes because they cost less than half the price. Such shortcuts have repeatedly led to child deaths in both domestic and international markets. Each time a crisis erupts, officials promise reform. But even after global embarrassment over the Gambia and Uzbekistan tragedies, India’s domestic safeguards remain barely changed. State regulators, meant to be the first line of defense, often lack accredited testing labs, qualified inspectors, and digital systems to track batches. The result is predictable: contaminated drugs slip through until lives are lost. “The system responds only after people die,” said a retired scientist who spoke on condition of anonymity. “Once the media leaves, the checks fade again.” Without a coordinated surveillance network between the central and state authorities, accountability simply dissolves. Factories are shuttered for a few months, then quietly reopen under new names or owners. A crisis of confidence India’s drug industry built its global reputation by supplying affordable medicines to the developing world. But repeated incidents of fatal contamination are eroding that trust. In countries from Gambia to Indonesia, authorities demand independent testing of Indian exports before distribution. At home, families of victims are left with little recourse. Few cases ever result in a conviction. Compensation is rare, and company directors often vanish into bureaucratic loopholes. The problem, health economists warn, is not a lack of rules but their uneven enforcement. “The law is strong on paper,” said one public health lawyer in Bengaluru. “But when state regulators are underfunded and overburdened, even the best laws mean little.” In the aftermath of the Coldriff tragedy, experts have again called for tighter oversight — a unified drug safety authority, routine supplier audits, and real-time data sharing between states and the CDSCO. But unless these proposals move beyond press conferences, little will change. For now, the pattern remains painfully familiar: a deadly batch, public outrage, temporary bans – then silence and inaction until the next tragedy. India’s pharmaceutical industry is still the “pharmacy of the Global South,” but each new contamination weakens that claim. Behind every bottle of syrup, there’s a fragile chain of trust. And each time that chain breaks, it costs more than reputation — it costs children’s lives. Image Credits: WHO, CDSCO. Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Toxic Cough Syrup, Weak Oversight: India’s Unending Drug Safety Crisis 15/10/2025 Arsalan Bukhari Manufacturers of Coldrif cough syrup used an industrial solvent as a base for their product, killing 22 children. At least 22 children have died in India this month after consuming a contaminated cough syrup found to contain nearly 45% diethylene glycol (DEG), a toxic industrial solvent used in brake fluid and antifreeze. The concentration is hundreds of times above the permissible limit of 0.1% set by pharmacopeial safety standards. The syrup, branded Coldrif, was manufactured by Sresan Pharmaceuticals in Tamil Nadu and distributed across several districts of Madhya Pradesh. Laboratory tests confirmed the dangerously high DEG levels. Following the deaths, authorities arrested the company’s owner, sealed the factory, and ordered an immediate recall of all implicated batches. While these steps suggest swift action, the tragedy is far from an isolated event. It fits a recurring pattern of deadly contamination in India’s pharmaceutical industry, one that has repeatedly exposed significant regulatory gaps and a culture of neglect that allows such disasters to keep unfolding. The cough syrup market was worth $262.5m in 2024, and has been predicted to grow to $743m by 2035, growing at by 9.9% each year, according to Market Research Future. Driving this consumption is both the lack of doctors, particularly in rural areas, which sees people resorting to over-the-counter remedies. In addition, high levels of air pollution in many areas cause children to cough – something that cannot be solved by cough syrup, yet many parents buy it in the hope that it will help. Pattern of deaths The deaths in Madhya Pradesh echo earlier incidents that have shaken global confidence in Indian drug exports. In 2022, nearly 70 children in The Gambia and 18 in Uzbekistan died after consuming contaminated syrups manufactured by Indian firms. In Uzbekistan, the victims had taken Dok-1 Max, produced by Marion Biotech, a Noida-based manufacturer. Tests revealed that the syrup contained ethylene glycol (EG), a poisonous chemical used in industrial antifreeze. A few months earlier, a similar tragedy unfolded in The Gambia. The World Health Organization (WHO) linked dozens of Gambian children’s deaths to four syrups made by another Indian company, Maiden Pharmaceuticals Ltd. “Laboratory analysis of samples of each of the four products confirm that they contain unacceptable amounts of diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol as contaminants,” according to the WHO. “Toxic effects can include abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhoea, inability to pass urine, headache, altered mental state and acute kidney injury, which may lead to death.” A health expert based in Delhi told Health Policy Watch, on condition of anonymity, that such incidents are not surprising: “To understand why this keeps happening, you have to look at where and how these medicines are actually made – and what rules are being ignored.” WHO warned of four contaminated cough syrups causing deaths in Gambia. Factory of filth and neglect That warning proved eerily accurate in the case of Sresan Pharmaceuticals, the company behind Coldrif. A recent Indian Express investigation described a scene of chaotic abandonment inside the factory: “Stacked plastic jars, stained concrete floors, hoses still snaking across the ground. Windows closed tight, some blocked with makeshift barriers.” Through a narrow opening, reporters saw “piles of white and blue containers leaning against the walls, black buckets on the floor, and discarded labels charred in the backyard.” In the ashes outside, investigators found half-burnt labels of Pronic Iron Syrup and Cyproheptadine Hydrochloride Syrup IP — products also manufactured by Sresan. The site, the report said, reeked of hurried abandonment, as if workers had fled in panic. An India Today report from Kanchipuram, where the factory operated, revealed over 350 violations, including rusted machinery, unhygienic conditions, and the absence of mandatory quality testing. These findings paint a grim picture of how, without proper regulation, some life-saving drugs are brewed in conditions closer to workshops than laboratories. India’s weak oversight India’s Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO) is responsible for the oversight of new drugs, imports, clinical trials, and setting national standards. It falls under the Union Health Ministry, and licenses large manufacturers and handles export approvals. Under CDSCO’s oversight, there are six zonal offices, four sub-zonal offices, and a network of central drug testing laboratories. However, according to the Indian Drugs & Cosmetics Act, 1940, the regulation of the manufacture, sale and distribution of most drugs is a mandate of state drug controllers. The states are also responsible for licensing, market sampling, and post-market surveillance. State drug controllers oversee thousands of small and medium-scale manufacturers, including firms like Sresan Pharmaceuticals that produce drugs for local markets. But this dual regulatory model has serious cracks, and two authorities that rarely work in sync. The CDSCO has acknowledged that state labs and regulatory bodies frequently lack capacity, both in terms of trained personnel and infrastructure to carry out rigorous testing for impurities or enforce license compliance. As the state authorities hold many of the licensing powers, these gaps in state enforcement often turn into systemic fatal oversights. A 2024 inspection drive led by CDSCO and state drug controllers checked over 400 premises, including many medicine manufacturers. The drive found widespread non-compliance: a large fraction of units were issued show-cause notices, suspended, or shut down for failing to meet GMP and other safety standards. “There must be coordination between the Centre and the state agency. We can’t play the blame game,” said Ishtiyaq Wani, editor of a local health news outlet, speaking to Health Policy Watch. “India is one of the largest drug exporters to low-income countries, but unless both regulators act jointly, such tragedies will keep repeating. India’s Central Drug Testing Laboratory in Hyderabud does not test locally distributed medicines. Cheap illegal substitutes Most cough syrup contamination originates from substandard or illegal raw materials. Pharmaceutical-grade solvents such as glycerin and propylene glycol, the standard base in syrup medicines, must meet strict purity standards. Cheaper industrial-grade substitutes, including diethylene glycol or ethylene glycol, are sometimes used illegally as substitutes because they cost less than half the price. Such shortcuts have repeatedly led to child deaths in both domestic and international markets. Each time a crisis erupts, officials promise reform. But even after global embarrassment over the Gambia and Uzbekistan tragedies, India’s domestic safeguards remain barely changed. State regulators, meant to be the first line of defense, often lack accredited testing labs, qualified inspectors, and digital systems to track batches. The result is predictable: contaminated drugs slip through until lives are lost. “The system responds only after people die,” said a retired scientist who spoke on condition of anonymity. “Once the media leaves, the checks fade again.” Without a coordinated surveillance network between the central and state authorities, accountability simply dissolves. Factories are shuttered for a few months, then quietly reopen under new names or owners. A crisis of confidence India’s drug industry built its global reputation by supplying affordable medicines to the developing world. But repeated incidents of fatal contamination are eroding that trust. In countries from Gambia to Indonesia, authorities demand independent testing of Indian exports before distribution. At home, families of victims are left with little recourse. Few cases ever result in a conviction. Compensation is rare, and company directors often vanish into bureaucratic loopholes. The problem, health economists warn, is not a lack of rules but their uneven enforcement. “The law is strong on paper,” said one public health lawyer in Bengaluru. “But when state regulators are underfunded and overburdened, even the best laws mean little.” In the aftermath of the Coldriff tragedy, experts have again called for tighter oversight — a unified drug safety authority, routine supplier audits, and real-time data sharing between states and the CDSCO. But unless these proposals move beyond press conferences, little will change. For now, the pattern remains painfully familiar: a deadly batch, public outrage, temporary bans – then silence and inaction until the next tragedy. India’s pharmaceutical industry is still the “pharmacy of the Global South,” but each new contamination weakens that claim. Behind every bottle of syrup, there’s a fragile chain of trust. And each time that chain breaks, it costs more than reputation — it costs children’s lives. Image Credits: WHO, CDSCO. Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Record Surge of Carbon Dioxide in 2024 15/10/2025 Disha Shetty Global CO2 levels continued to rise in 2024, along with other greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide, according to the latest WMO report. Global carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the atmosphere reached record levels in 2024 due to a combination of wildfires and weakening carbon sinks, according to the latest report by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released on Wednesday. The rise in CO2 will intensify the impact of temperature increases, including by worsening extreme weather events. “The heat trapped by CO2 and other greenhouse gases is turbo-charging our climate and leading to more extreme weather. Reducing emissions is therefore essential not just for our climate but also for our economic security and community well-being,” said WMO Deputy Secretary-General Ko Barrett. CO2 levels have tripled since the 1960s, accelerating from an annual average increase of 0.8 ppm per year to 2.4 ppm per year in the decade from 2011 to 2020, according to the report in WMO’s Greenhouse Gas Bulletin. From 2023 to 2024, the global average concentration of CO2 surged by 3.5 ppm, the largest increase since modern measurements started in 1957. When the bulletin was first published in 2004, the annual average level of CO2 measured by WMO’s network of monitoring stations was 377.1 ppm. In 2024, it was 423.9 ppm. The report also revealed that the concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide – the second and third most significant long-lived greenhouse gases related to human activities – have also risen to record levels. “Sustaining and expanding greenhouse gas monitoring are critical to support such efforts,” said Oksana Tarasova, coordinator of the Greenhouse Gas Bulletin, which is one of WMO’s flagship scientific reports and is now in its 21st issue. The annual report provides an update ahead of this year’s UN Climate Change conference COP30 scheduled for November in Belém, Brazil. Global stakeholders will once again convene to try to ramp up support for climate action. The WMO data comes a few days after a report found that the Earth is crossing the planetary boundaries that keep life stable and healthy. Warm-water coral reefs are under unprecedented attack due to warming oceans, the Amazon rainforest is very close to its tipping point as well. Once these points are crossed, the damage will be hard to contain and possibly irreversible, according to researchers from the University of Exeter and the PIK – Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research. CO2 emissions rise, but carbon sinks weaken Globally averaged CO2 concentration (a) and its growth rate (b) from 1984 to 2024. Increases in successive annual means are shown as the shaded columns in (b). The red line in (a) is the monthly mean with the seasonal variation removed; the blue dots and blue line in (a) depict the monthly averages. Observations from 179 stations were used for this analysis. The likely reasons for the record growth between 2023 and 2024 are wildfire emissions and a reduced uptake of CO2 by land and the ocean in 2024, the warmest year on record, with a strong El Niño. Carbon sinks such as land ecosystems and the ocean usually absorb about half of the CO2 released. As the temperature rises, the oceans absorb less CO2 because of decreased solubility at higher temperatures. The land sinks are also impacted in a number of ways, including the potential for more persistent drought. During El Niño years, CO2 levels tend to rise because the efficiency of land carbon sinks is reduced by drier vegetation and forest fires – as was the case with exceptional drought and fires in the Amazon and southern Africa in 2024. “There is concern that terrestrial and ocean CO2 sinks are becoming less effective, which will increase the amount of CO2 that stays in the atmosphere, thereby accelerating global warming. Sustained and strengthened greenhouse gas monitoring is critical to understanding these loops,” said Oksana Tarasova, a WMO senior scientific officer. A portion of the CO2 released today is likely to remain in the atmosphere for hundreds of years, and will continue to impact the global climate for a long time. Concentration of other gases is rising as well Contribution of the most important long-lived greenhouse gases to the increase in global radiative forcing from the pre-industrial era to 2024. Methane accounts for about 16% of the warming effect on our climate and stays in the atmosphere for about nine years. This also makes it a low-hanging fruit when it comes to climate action. The globally averaged methane concentration in 2024 was 1,942 parts per billion (ppb), an increase of 166% above pre-industrial (pre-1750) levels. Around 40% of methane is emitted into the atmosphere by natural sources, such as wetlands, which are sensitive to climate as well. The other 60% comes from anthropogenic sources such as cattle, rice farming, fossil fuel, landfills and biomass burning. The third most important long-lived greenhouse gas, nitrous oxide, that stays in the atmosphere for around a century, reached 338.0 ppb in 2024, an increase of 25% over the pre-industrial level. This gas comes from both natural sources and human activities such as biomass burning, fertilizer use and various industrial processes. WMO said that countries need to continue to strengthen the monitoring of CO2 levels to inform policy action. In addition, it emphasized the need to preserve existing carbon sinks. Image Credits: WMO. Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Where is the Accountability for the Producers of Health Misinformation? 15/10/2025 Kerry Cullinan UNICEF’s Benjamin Schreiber Where is the accountability for those who produce health misinformation that harms the health of children, asked Benjamin Schreiber, a senior adviser to the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), at the World Health Summit in Berlin on Tuesday. “We are now living in a situation where the information environment in which we live has become a determinant of health,” said Schreiber, adding that misinformation is a “key risk to achieving global vaccination goals”. The United States has become a global focal point for vaccine scepticism since Robert F Kennedy Jr was appointed Health Secretary. He has defunded mRNA vaccine research, dismissed members of the national vaccine advisory body and appointed several vaccine sceptics in their place, and revived the discredited notion that high autism rates are linked to vaccines. The US state of Florida is also removing vaccine mandates for children. Social listening Through digital community engagement in 40 countries, using AI-enabled social listening that identifies high-risk messages, UNICEF has identified 229 such messages that have reached 111 million people this year alone. These messages usually resonate with underserved and excluded communities who have low trust in government, “and this is where the zero-dose children are sitting”, Schreiber added, referring to children who have not had any vaccinations. Prof Heidi Larsen Professor Heidi Larsen founded the Vaccine Confidence Project 15 years ago, and said that the biggest thing the project has learnt is that “60 to 70% of the time, the issue was not about the vaccine. It was about distrust of the government, distrust of the producers of vaccines, a bad experience in the clinic… It was a whole mix of things that we needed to understand.” During COVID-19, the project conducted a study on people’s attitudes to vaccines in 70 countries, and the biggest thing we came away with was that actually there is trust in science… but people trust other sources more.” Larsen, who is based at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, said that it emerged from their study that people in African countries trusted their family doctor, family members and religious and community leaders more than science. Religious leaders more trusted than scientists “Religious leaders, aside from in one country, far outweighed the influence of scientists. In other places, it was family members. We need to look at the ecosystem of influences.” Larsen’s project launched a global vaccine confidence index in 2015, which “identified Europe as being the most sceptical region about vaccines, with France being the single most sceptical country in the world, as 42% of the population said they did not believe the statement that vaccines are safe”, she said. At that stage, most African countries believed that vaccines were safe, but three years later, in 2018 when the same survey was conducted, vaccine scepticism had grown in Francophone Africa – influenced by “the sceptical French media”. During COVID-19, viral social media posts – many originating from the US – promoted conspiracy theories that eroded trust and reduced demand for COVID-19 and childhood vaccines. “Misinformation and conspiracy theories have become a growing challenge to public perceptions of vaccines,” according to UNICEF’s 2023 report, State of the World’s Children. ‘Falsehoods travel fast’ WHO Africa regional director Dr Mohamed Janabi Dr Mohamed Janabi, the World Health Organization Africa regional director, warned that “falsehoods travel very, very fast through social media, radio shows, talks, community gossip and even pulpits”. “Spiritual cures have led families to hesitate or refuse completely vaccines that protect the children from polio, measles and other preventable diseases. And the unfortunate thing about the misinformation don’t need visas. They just travel,” said Janabi. “A recent survey found fewer than four in every 10 Africans trust governments. Where mistrust is high, children are 10% more likely to miss vaccines,” he added, quoting a 2021 study. “When people feel respected and heard, they begin to trust the nurse, the clinic, the local authorities and the institution that saved them. So, combating misinformation, to me, is not only about saving lives today. It’s about rebuilding the social contract that sustains public health.” Karla Soares-Weiser, the newly appointed CEO of Cochrane, a global independent network of researchers and health professionals. “For more than 30 years, Cochrane has been dedicated to a single purpose: producing and sharing trusted evidence to inform health decisions,” Soares-Weiser explained. “Founded in 1993, our movement began with a very simple but radical idea that health decisions should be guided by the best available evidence, not by opinion, ideology or commercial interests.” Karla Soares-Weiser, CEO of Cochrane. Pre-bunking vaccine myths She said that three steps are necessary to rebuild people’s trust in science: “First, we must invest in trusted evidence as a global public good. Second, we need to strengthen intermediaries and local voices, because trust is built locally. And third, we must embed equity, transparency and inclusion, ensuring that leadership from the Global South is not the exception, but the norm.” Schreiber said that UNICEF, which runs the biggest vaccination programme in the world, is building the capacity of health workers from Ministries of Health to proactively address misinformation. “Of the lessons learned, number one is that speed matters. It’s really important, once you see these high-risk messages coming out, that you react quickly. “We can ‘pre-bunk’ certain myths. We know already the myths are coming. So when we introduce a new vaccine, we can already spread messages that are pre-bunking these myths upfront and like vaccination causes sterilisation.” The Vaccine Confidence Project has also founded Iris, a consortium of universities, working on “ways that we can pre-bunk with positive information and different strategies to encourage and basically nudge people towards the more credible information,” added Larsen. One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
One in Six Bacterial Infections Is Antibiotic Resistant; Calls for Stronger Real-Time Pandemic Risk Surveillance 14/10/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Helen Clark, former New Zealand prime minister, calls for stronger links between animal and human health at a World Health Summit session on pandemics. There is an urgent need for a more comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats and preparedness in real time, according to the WHO-hosted Global Preparedness Monitoring Board, in a report launched at the World Health Summit. This followed the release of a new World Health Organization data documenting the sharp global rise in drug-resistant bacterial infections. BERLIN – One in six laboratory-confirmed, common bacterial infections were resistant to antibiotic treatments in 2023, rising to one in three reported infections in WHO’s South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean Regions, according to a new report published Monday. Between 2018 and 2023, antibiotic resistance rose in over 40% of pathogen-antibiotic combinations monitored, with an average annual increase of 5–15%, according to the Global antibiotic resistance surveillance report 2025. Trends in drug resistance for common bacterial infections. The report, which highlights the growing threat of antibiotic resistance (AMR) to public health, also underlines the heightened pandemic risks from AMR. Those risks are tackled in a report released Monday by the WHO-hosted Global Pandemic Monitoring Board, a group of political leaders, agency heads and experts, co-sponsored with the World Bank. The GPMB report recommends the establishment of a “comprehensive pandemic risk monitoring system that tracks threats, vulnerabilities and preparedness in real time, integrating health, social, economic and environmental data into clear signals for leaders.” At present, while WHO monitors and reports publicly on antibiotic resistance trends in human health, its animal health counterpart, the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) has only just launched an observatory to track drug resistance in livestock. Historically, however, the data collected by this non-UN, member-based organization has made use of different, and far less transparent reporting methods, leading to a major disconnect in terms of signals and risks. The report also recommends a global pandemic spending tracker for every country, with recommended benchmarks of $15 billion annually or 0.1-0.2% of GDP. And 0.5-1% of security and defense budgets. AMR surveillance now includes data from 104 countries The number of countries reporting data on antibiotic-resistant infections has increased from just 25 to 104 countries and territories. The WHO report synthesizes data from the WHO Global Antimicrobial Resistance and Use Surveillance System (GLASS), to which 104 countries are now reporting. That represents a four-fold increase in country participation in GLASS since 2016, when only 25 countries were reporting data through the system. However nearly half WHO’s member and observer states are not yet reporting data. And about half of the reporting countries still lack the systems to generate reliable data, WHO said, in a press release. Countries facing the largest challenges lacked the surveillance capacity to assess their antimicrobial resistance (AMR) situation, and many have been affected by cuts in global funding, including the closure earlier this year of the Fleming Fund after the withdrawal of UK government funds. The Fleming Fund had been supporting 25 low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in Africa and Asia to monitor AMR. Countries reporting antimicrobial use (AMU), antimicrobial resistance (AMR), or both, in human health settings. The new report presents, for the first time, resistance prevalence estimates across 22 antibiotics used to treat infections of the urinary and gastrointestinal tracts, the bloodstream and those used to treat gonorrhoea. It also looks at regional differences in resistance trends. Along with the soaring resistance in EMRO and SEARO regions, one in five laboratory confirmed infections in WHO’s Africa region are also antibiotic resistant. South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean regions have the highest overall levels of reported antibiotic-resistant infections, followed by the African region. Globally, more than 40% of E. coli and over 55% of K. pneumoniae globally are now resistant to third-generation cephalosporins, the first-choice treatment for these infections. Altogether, the report covers eight common bacterial pathogens: Acinetobacter spp., Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, non-typhoidal Salmonella spp., Shigella spp., Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus pneumoniae. In the African region, resistance to gram-negative bacteria exceeds 70%. Among these, E. coli and K. pneumoniae are the leading drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria found in bloodstream infections. These are also among the most severe bacterial infections that often result in sepsis, organ failure, and death, WHO said. Greater emphasis on One Health Protestors outside of the World Health Summit call for a halt to the global wildlife trade and the factory farming of livestock, so as to ‘prevent the next pandemic.’ The political declaration on AMR adopted at the United Nations General Assembly in 2024 committed countries to strengthening surveillance systems and addressing AMR through a ‘One Health’ approach coordinating across human health, animal health, and environmental sectors. However, massive animal industry resistance exists and there is a lack of transparent, and systematic reporting on AMR trends in livestock populations. Combined with that are financial incentives to veterinarians in LMICs who earn much of their revenue from selling drugs to farmers. Speaking at a WHS session Tuesday launching the GPMB report, former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark ,who in 2021 co-chaired the “Independent Panel” that investigated the COVID-19 pandemic, lauded the “strong push for a prevention focus and a One Health approach” in the WHO pandemic agreement, approved in May. “But that actually calls for a lot more, a broader spectrum of collaboration than was business as usual before, at the multilateral level and within countries. And we really do have to get the agriculture and health ministry much closer together,” Clark said. Creating new institutions while sunlighting others ? Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. The new needs highlighted by the COVID pandemic contrast sharply with the budget pressures being faced by countries and agencies to retrench their budget and their spending. These and other challenges to global health governance and agency alignment were the focus of another WHS session Monday, on the shifting powers of global health governance. The discussion focused on the need for strategic reforms in global health governance, that could allow for the sunsetting of institutions that have filled their role – but even allow for their creation of new ones, should needs arise. The discussion follows on recent recommendations by the UN80 in September to sunset UNAIDS by 2026 – a plan opposed by the UNAIDS board and dozens of NGO affiliates. The UNAIDS board had earlier endorsed a more gradual five-year transition of the agency’s remaining functions and workforce to other entities to other entities, after slashing the UNAIDS workforce by more than half, and country offices from 85 to 54. The UN80 plan, put forward by UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres at the UN General Assembly, also proposes merging the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UN Women (UNFPA) “to create a unified voice and platform on gender equality and women’s rights.” The merger of the world’s two largest non-UN health agencies, Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria has also been discussed more informally – although the agencies themselves have preferred to talk about closer collaboration, or “radical reform”. And that’s not to mention several dozen other smaller global partnerships in the global health galaxy – all funded one way or another by increasingly budget conscious donor states advocating openly for reforms. “What we really do need is that we need clarity of mandate and that will not only save money, that will also eliminate the inefficiencies currently face,” said Paul Zubeil, deputy director of international health in the German Federal Ministry of Health. “We actually need to have someone taking the lead and looking at that system and how we can make it lean. And of course, we need to talk also about sunsetting, and that’s very painful, because it involves people. It involves things that people have watched close to their hearts,” Zubeil added. Joy Phumaphi, (left) African Leaders Malaria Alliance: UN and Bretton Woods institutions need to be remodelled for a post-colonial world. GPMB co-chair Joy Phumaphi, executive secretary of the African Leaders Malaria Alliance (ALMA) said that “Both the UN and the Bretton Woods institutions were crafted at a certain time and were designed for a certain global ecosystem… when most African countries were not even independent. And they need to be remodelled in order to suit the current global environment. “They are really not helping us, the developing countries,” she said, referring to the vicious cycle of high interest rates, large debts and tough austerity measures that have trapped many low-income countries as a result of World Bank and International Monetary Fund policies. “I think that the starting point is: what does the country need?” said Wellcome Trust CEO John Arne Røttingen. “It’s not a one size fits all.” He said that development assistance had too often been managed similarly to humanitarian aid fostering excessive dependency on international institutions – inevitably followed by the shocks seen in recent months when that aid was abruptly withdrawn. “Of course, we know that there are fragile states, conflicts, states, countries with large populations due to migration that need extra support. And there, the international system probably needs just partly be involved in operations and humanitarian context and operational support. “[But] I think actually we have delivered some of global health almost as a humanitarian system… not in the most fragile countries only, but maybe up to 100 countries where we have delivered services from afar. “it means that when these politicians in high income countries make decisions to stop a program, the program is actually stopped a couple of days later on the ground. And that just indicates that level of verticalization and dependence that is not sustainable.” John-Arne Røttingen, CEO Wellcome (right). ‘Neurotic and fearful’ about change Engineering change, however, is extremely difficult because the multiple new global health institutions that were created are now “neurotic and fearful and frightened about their futures, and thus not good bedfellows,” observed Jeremy Farrar, WHO Assistant Director General and a former Wellcome CEO. “No institution should think it’s there forever because, because that just brings complacency and arrogance and all of the things that go with it,” Farrar declared. “But [that] is not a criticism of why those agencies were established,” he stressed. “They were established for a good reason. The question is not …why on earth did we set up the Global Fund or Gavi…in 2000. The question is, what do we need for 2025 or 2050? And it may or may not be, those organizations. “It’s not that we’re not saying they were rubbish and they should never have been established. They drove the world forward, and there are millions of people around the world now being vaccinated as a result of having Gavi. And we would not be where we are now with TB, HIV, and malaria, without the Global Fund. So let’s celebrate that success,” said Farrar. “But in this more horizontal than vertical world…. when you have malaria and TB vaccines, is that Global Fund or is that Gavi? And how do you integrate those interventions into complex systems? “So it’s not that we should never have done them. We should. The question is: what do we need next?” Image Credits: E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch, E Fletcher, https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/B09585O, 2025, WHO, 2025, WHO/GLASS , WHO , E. Fletcher/Health Policy Watch . Posts navigation Older posts